diff options
| author | Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl> | 2006-01-03 19:57:17 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl> | 2006-01-03 19:57:17 +0000 |
| commit | 227f8b27877ec5604daad61fedbdde30546bbb42 (patch) | |
| tree | bdc88912231e58fefa40ae0db60a7af547b0e536 /po/sv | |
| parent | 071d2aa8400efe28b98495402bcd8b58b51afe9f (diff) | |
| download | installation-guide-227f8b27877ec5604daad61fedbdde30546bbb42.zip | |
Update of POT and PO files for the manual
Diffstat (limited to 'po/sv')
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/boot-installer.po | 2143 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/boot-new.po | 774 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/install-methods.po | 1215 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/installation-howto.po | 521 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/post-install.po | 682 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/preparing.po | 1761 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/preseed.po | 393 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/random-bits.po | 823 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/using-d-i.po | 2505 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/sv/welcome.po | 805 |
10 files changed, 8027 insertions, 3595 deletions
diff --git a/po/sv/boot-installer.po b/po/sv/boot-installer.po index 703c733bc..9c56b1e17 100755 --- a/po/sv/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/sv/boot-installer.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 boot-installer\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-23 09:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -34,55 +34,95 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" +msgid "" +"Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system " +"is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used " +"on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:31 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX, and Linux operating systems." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem " +"specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 " +"UNIX, and Linux operating systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating environment for Windows NT." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the " +"Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating " +"environment for Windows NT." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:47 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." +msgid "" +"From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and " +"ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning " +"scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:54 #, no-c-format -msgid "ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by <command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing Linux." +msgid "" +"ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by " +"<command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition " +"tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. " +"In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may " +"prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing " +"Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:63 #, no-c-format -msgid "Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for SRM installations." +msgid "" +"Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> " +"Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem " +"Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </" +"para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the " +"BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for " +"SRM installations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:76 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; &release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both " +"console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based " +"systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if " +"you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device " +"requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able " +"to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; " +"&release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you " +"can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:87 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when possible." +msgid "" +"Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha " +"systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no " +"longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM " +"firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when " +"possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:95 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." +msgid "" +"The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console " +"combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). " +"The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry @@ -104,20 +144,11 @@ msgid "alcor" msgstr "alcor" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:115 -#: boot-installer.xml:118 -#: boot-installer.xml:124 -#: boot-installer.xml:130 -#: boot-installer.xml:133 -#: boot-installer.xml:136 -#: boot-installer.xml:139 -#: boot-installer.xml:145 -#: boot-installer.xml:148 -#: boot-installer.xml:151 -#: boot-installer.xml:160 -#: boot-installer.xml:169 -#: boot-installer.xml:184 -#: boot-installer.xml:187 +#: boot-installer.xml:115 boot-installer.xml:118 boot-installer.xml:124 +#: boot-installer.xml:130 boot-installer.xml:133 boot-installer.xml:136 +#: boot-installer.xml:139 boot-installer.xml:145 boot-installer.xml:148 +#: boot-installer.xml:151 boot-installer.xml:160 boot-installer.xml:169 +#: boot-installer.xml:184 boot-installer.xml:187 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC or SRM" msgstr "ARC eller SRM" @@ -135,15 +166,9 @@ msgid "book1" msgstr "book1" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:121 -#: boot-installer.xml:127 -#: boot-installer.xml:142 -#: boot-installer.xml:154 -#: boot-installer.xml:163 -#: boot-installer.xml:166 -#: boot-installer.xml:172 -#: boot-installer.xml:178 -#: boot-installer.xml:181 +#: boot-installer.xml:121 boot-installer.xml:127 boot-installer.xml:142 +#: boot-installer.xml:154 boot-installer.xml:163 boot-installer.xml:166 +#: boot-installer.xml:172 boot-installer.xml:178 boot-installer.xml:181 #, no-c-format msgid "SRM only" msgstr "SRM endast" @@ -263,9 +288,7 @@ msgid "ruffian" msgstr "ruffian" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:175 -#: boot-installer.xml:190 -#: boot-installer.xml:193 +#: boot-installer.xml:175 boot-installer.xml:190 boot-installer.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC only" msgstr "ARC endast" @@ -309,64 +332,102 @@ msgstr "<entry>xlt</entry>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:200 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, <command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, " +"<command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. " +"See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</" +"ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:209 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when Debian supports MILO-based installs again." +msgid "" +"The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included " +"here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when " +"Debian supports MILO-based installs again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:215 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux " +"loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in " +"memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is " +"the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</" +"command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed " +"for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC " +"support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) " +"<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:231 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which " +"runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-" +"srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</" +"command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's " +"console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "SRM -> aboot\n" "SRM -> MILO\n" "ARC -> MILO\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." +"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available " +"for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), " +"and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix " +"license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you " +"use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, " +"unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:253 #, no-c-format -msgid "The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk (using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." +msgid "" +"The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products " +"contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</" +"quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to " +"switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once " +"SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk " +"(using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, " +"we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:264 #, no-c-format -msgid "As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." +msgid "" +"As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision " +"of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not " +"supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-" +"jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before " +"installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink " +"url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:283 -#: boot-installer.xml:892 -#: boot-installer.xml:1384 -#: boot-installer.xml:1889 -#: boot-installer.xml:1971 -#: boot-installer.xml:2311 -#: boot-installer.xml:2407 +#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:890 boot-installer.xml:1381 +#: boot-installer.xml:1876 boot-installer.xml:1958 boot-installer.xml:2298 +#: boot-installer.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP" @@ -375,37 +436,54 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP" #: boot-installer.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> " +"prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</" +"userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_protocol bootp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>mode</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with " +"<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel parameters as included in the netboot image." +"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel " +"parameters as included in the netboot image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:311 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the <userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" +msgid "" +"If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the " +"<userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done " +"using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</" +"userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their " +"corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying " +"additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that " +"are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</" +"userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" +msgid "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -420,7 +498,8 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med SRM-konsoll" msgid "" "Type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-ROM drive in SRM notation." +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-" +"ROM drive in SRM notation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -432,7 +511,14 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name " +"(see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload." +"exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo" +"\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</" +"replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS " +"Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>" +"\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -445,26 +531,41 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med SRM-konsoll" #: boot-installer.xml:359 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following " +"command: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> " +"with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the " +"floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel boot." +"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to " +"boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</" +"command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</" +"command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel " +"boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" -">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</" +"command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, " +"the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux " +"boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel " +"parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:388 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See " +"<xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -476,7 +577,10 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:400 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the newly created entry." +msgid "" +"In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot " +"loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the " +"newly created entry." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -488,16 +592,24 @@ msgstr "Uppstart med MILO" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press space during MILO countdown." +msgid "" +"MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to " +"Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press " +"space during MILO countdown." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:416 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply additional parameters), you can use a command like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply " +"additional parameters), you can use a command like this: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> command would give you a brief MILO command reference." +"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a " +"floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the " +"appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> " +"command would give you a brief MILO command reference." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -507,36 +619,30 @@ msgid "Booting from TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:441 -#: boot-installer.xml:898 -#: boot-installer.xml:1402 -#: boot-installer.xml:1895 -#: boot-installer.xml:2317 -#: boot-installer.xml:2413 +#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:896 boot-installer.xml:1399 +#: boot-installer.xml:1882 boot-installer.xml:2304 boot-installer.xml:2400 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." +msgid "" +"Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " +"TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:446 -#: boot-installer.xml:903 -#: boot-installer.xml:1407 -#: boot-installer.xml:1900 -#: boot-installer.xml:2322 -#: boot-installer.xml:2418 +#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:901 boot-installer.xml:1404 +#: boot-installer.xml:1887 boot-installer.xml:2309 boot-installer.xml:2405 #, no-c-format -msgid "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server instead of a BOOTP server." +msgid "" +"Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " +"instead of a BOOTP server." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:451 -#: boot-installer.xml:908 -#: boot-installer.xml:1412 -#: boot-installer.xml:1905 -#: boot-installer.xml:2327 -#: boot-installer.xml:2423 +#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:906 boot-installer.xml:1409 +#: boot-installer.xml:1892 boot-installer.xml:2314 boot-installer.xml:2410 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -548,13 +654,19 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP på NetWinder" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:461 #, no-c-format -msgid "NetWinders have two network interfaces: The 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card is <filename>eth0</filename> and the 100Mbps Tulip card is <filename>eth1</filename>." +msgid "" +"NetWinders have two network interfaces: The 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card is " +"<filename>eth0</filename> and the 100Mbps Tulip card is <filename>eth1</" +"filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:467 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system. NeTTrom 2.3.3 is recommended: get these files from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/pub/netwinder/firmware/\"></ulink>:" +msgid "" +"You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system. NeTTrom " +"2.3.3 is recommended: get these files from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.netwinder." +"org/pub/netwinder/firmware/\"></ulink>:" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename @@ -579,11 +691,17 @@ msgstr "nettrom-2.3.3.bin.md5sum" #: boot-installer.xml:491 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After rebooting and interrupting the boot process during the countdown, you must first configure the network either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"After rebooting and interrupting the boot process during the countdown, you " +"must first configure the network either with a static address: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the " +"netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> boot diskless\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the <userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the local subnet. The rest of the config is pretty standard (the save-all step is optional): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the " +"<userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the " +"local subnet. The rest of the config is pretty standard (the save-all step " +"is optional): <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" @@ -591,9 +709,18 @@ msgid "" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Only the last four of these interfere with normal disk booting, so it is safe to issue <command>save-all</command> right before them, which will store the network settings in case you need to boot from the network again. If you want to use the serial console to install your NetWinder, you also need the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" -" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram console=ttyS0,115200\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Use the <command>printenv</command> command to review your environment settings. Finally, if your <envar>cmdappend</envar> NeTTrom variable has the <option>noinitrd</option> option, you must remove it so the downloaded kernel can boot with its attached ramdisk." +"</screen></informalexample> Only the last four of these interfere with " +"normal disk booting, so it is safe to issue <command>save-all</command> " +"right before them, which will store the network settings in case you need to " +"boot from the network again. If you want to use the serial console to " +"install your NetWinder, you also need the following setting: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " +"console=ttyS0,115200\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Use the <command>printenv</command> command to " +"review your environment settings. Finally, if your <envar>cmdappend</envar> " +"NeTTrom variable has the <option>noinitrd</option> option, you must remove " +"it so the downloaded kernel can boot with its attached ramdisk." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -605,7 +732,9 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP på CATS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:529 #, no-c-format -msgid "On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone prompt." +msgid "" +"On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone " +"prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -615,61 +744,60 @@ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM" msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:546 -#: boot-installer.xml:599 -#: boot-installer.xml:1021 -#: boot-installer.xml:1852 -#: boot-installer.xml:2099 -#: boot-installer.xml:2453 +#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:599 boot-installer.xml:1018 +#: boot-installer.xml:1839 boot-installer.xml:2086 boot-installer.xml:2440 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, great! Simply <phrase arch=\"i386\"> configure your system for booting off a CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." +msgid "" +"The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " +"have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, " +"great! Simply <phrase arch=\"i386\"> configure your system for booting off a " +"CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " +"your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:557 -#: boot-installer.xml:610 -#: boot-installer.xml:1032 -#: boot-installer.xml:1863 -#: boot-installer.xml:2110 -#: boot-installer.xml:2464 +#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:610 boot-installer.xml:1029 +#: boot-installer.xml:1850 boot-installer.xml:2097 boot-installer.xml:2451 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for you." +msgid "" +"Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " +"inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard " +"way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter " +"and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for " +"you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:565 -#: boot-installer.xml:618 -#: boot-installer.xml:1040 -#: boot-installer.xml:1871 -#: boot-installer.xml:2118 -#: boot-installer.xml:2472 +#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:618 boot-installer.xml:1037 +#: boot-installer.xml:1858 boot-installer.xml:2105 boot-installer.xml:2459 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation system at the CD-ROM drive." +msgid "" +"Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " +"system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a " +"different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating " +"system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation " +"system at the CD-ROM drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:573 -#: boot-installer.xml:626 -#: boot-installer.xml:1048 -#: boot-installer.xml:1879 -#: boot-installer.xml:2126 -#: boot-installer.xml:2480 +#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:626 boot-installer.xml:1045 +#: boot-installer.xml:1866 boot-installer.xml:2113 boot-installer.xml:2467 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command " +"<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:593 -#: boot-installer.xml:1015 -#: boot-installer.xml:1840 -#: boot-installer.xml:2093 -#: boot-installer.xml:2447 +#: boot-installer.xml:593 boot-installer.xml:1012 boot-installer.xml:1827 +#: boot-installer.xml:2080 boot-installer.xml:2434 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "Uppstart från en cd-rom" @@ -677,472 +805,747 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från en cd-rom" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:731 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:734 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the " +"needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:739 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download " +"everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/" +"debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding " +"kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot " +"the installer, although you should do so with care." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:747 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, without needing the network." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive " +"unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd." +"gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive " +"(make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The " +"installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, " +"without needing the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:756 #, no-c-format -msgid "For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" +msgid "" +"For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things " +"in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to " +"load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use " +"a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is " +"a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:777 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" " label=newinstall\n" " initrd=/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" " root=/dev/ram0\n" -" append=\"<phrase condition=\"sarge\">devfs=mount,dall </phrase>ramdisk_size=12000\"" +" append=\"ramdisk_size=12000\"" msgstr "" "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" " label=newinstall\n" " initrd=/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" " root=/dev/ram0\n" -" append=\"<phrase condition=\"sarge\">devfs=mount,dall </phrase>ramdisk_size=12000\"" +" append=\"<phrase condition=\"sarge\">devfs=mount,dall </" +"phrase>ramdisk_size=12000\"" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:777 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and reboot." +msgid "" +"For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and " +"reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your <filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "title New Install\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" -"</screen></informalexample> and reboot. <phrase condition=\"sarge\">If the boot fails, you can try adding <userinput>devfs=mount,dall</userinput> to the <quote>kernel</quote> line. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:799 +#: boot-installer.xml:797 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to " +"be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be " +"no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:810 +#: boot-installer.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from USB Memory Stick" msgstr "Uppstart från USB-minne" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:811 +#: boot-installer.xml:809 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB " +"stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system " +"should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> " +"prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:820 +#: boot-installer.xml:818 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case your computer doesn't support booting from USB memory devices, you can still use a single floppy to do the initial boot and then switch to USB. Boot your system as described in <xref linkend=\"floppy-boot\"/>; the kernel on the boot floppy should detect your USB stick automatically. When it asks for the root floppy, simply press &enterkey;. You should see &d-i; starting." +msgid "" +"In case your computer doesn't support booting from USB memory devices, you " +"can still use a single floppy to do the initial boot and then switch to USB. " +"Boot your system as described in <xref linkend=\"floppy-boot\"/>; the kernel " +"on the boot floppy should detect your USB stick automatically. When it asks " +"for the root floppy, simply press &enterkey;. You should see &d-i; starting." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:833 -#: boot-installer.xml:1952 -#: boot-installer.xml:2353 -#: boot-installer.xml:2501 +#: boot-installer.xml:831 boot-installer.xml:1939 boot-installer.xml:2340 +#: boot-installer.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:834 -#: boot-installer.xml:2361 +#: boot-installer.xml:832 boot-installer.xml:2348 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " +"floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:841 +#: boot-installer.xml:839 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." +msgid "" +"To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " +"drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:847 +#: boot-installer.xml:845 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt. Installation from LS-120 is only supported by 2.4 and later kernels." +msgid "" +"For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " +"you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done " +"with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that " +"the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive " +"is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter " +"<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt. Installation " +"from LS-120 is only supported by 2.4 and later kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:858 +#: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." +msgid "" +"Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the " +"machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are " +"installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you " +"don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:867 +#: boot-installer.xml:865 #, no-c-format -msgid "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." +msgid "" +"The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " +"introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:873 +#: boot-installer.xml:871 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgid "" +"Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " +"<computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by " +"<computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a " +"screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More " +"information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref " +"linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:882 +#: boot-installer.xml:880 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically launched." +msgid "" +"After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " +"root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. " +"The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically " +"launched." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:916 +#: boot-installer.xml:914 #, no-c-format msgid "There are various ways to do a TFTP boot on i386." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:922 +#: boot-installer.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "NIC or Motherboard that support PXE" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:923 +#: boot-installer.xml:921 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS to boot from the network." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " +"boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> " +"re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS " +"to boot from the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:934 +#: boot-installer.xml:932 #, no-c-format msgid "NIC with Network BootROM" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:935 +#: boot-installer.xml:933 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot functionality." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " +"functionality." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:940 +#: boot-installer.xml:938 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. Please refer to this document." +msgid "" +"Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " +"Please refer to this document." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:948 +#: boot-installer.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "Etherboot" msgstr "Etherboot" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:949 +#: boot-installer.xml:947 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " +"provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:958 +#: boot-installer.xml:956 #, no-c-format msgid "The Boot Prompt" msgstr "Uppstartsprompten" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:959 +#: boot-installer.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " +"screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press &enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." +"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press " +"&enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific " +"boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:971 +#: boot-installer.xml:969 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <phrase condition=\"sarge\"><keycap>F7</keycap></phrase><phrase condition=\"etch\"><keycap>F8</keycap></phrase>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux debconf/priority=medium</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be " +"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</" +"keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " +"the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " +"before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux debconf/priority=medium</" +"userinput>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:981 +#: boot-installer.xml:978 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want to add <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in the help text." +msgid "" +"If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " +"provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the " +"initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not " +"see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of " +"Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's " +"<quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press " +"F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape " +"sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</" +"keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. " +"Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes " +"will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from " +"using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want " +"to add <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> to the boot " +"prompt, as described in the help text." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1056 +#: boot-installer.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "CD Contents" msgstr "Cd-innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1058 +#: boot-installer.xml:1055 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The <emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of packages without needing access to the network." +msgid "" +"There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " +"<emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will " +"fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in " +"order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. " +"The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a " +"base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in " +"order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . " +"The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " +"packages without needing access to the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1074 +#: boot-installer.xml:1071 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more conventional systems." +msgid "" +"The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " +"Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows " +"little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot " +"Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted " +"disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a " +"system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a " +"full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This " +"means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk " +"partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more " +"conventional systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1090 +#: boot-installer.xml:1087 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the <command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " +"<command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's " +"kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also " +"contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " +"reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1099 +#: boot-installer.xml:1096 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." +msgid "" +"Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " +"starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the " +"installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. " +"Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering " +"the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the " +"partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the " +"system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI " +"partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1111 +#: boot-installer.xml:1108 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second option." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " +"initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an " +"option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been " +"loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. " +"There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option " +"Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. " +"Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not " +"available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second " +"option." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1130 +#: boot-installer.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "IMPORTANT" msgstr "VIKTIGT" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1131 +#: boot-installer.xml:1128 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the shell prompt." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " +"menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a " +"countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the " +"systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in " +"order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, " +"you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the " +"shell prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1143 +#: boot-installer.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "Option 1: Booting from the Boot Option Maintenance Menu" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1150 +#: boot-installer.xml:1147 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system initialization." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system " +"initialization." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1156 +#: boot-installer.xml:1153 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " +"keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1162 +#: boot-installer.xml:1159 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice that the device and controller information should be the same." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " +"and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices " +"probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the " +"label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media " +"Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice " +"that the device and controller information should be the same." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1173 +#: boot-installer.xml:1170 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." +msgid "" +"You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " +"your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you " +"choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately " +"start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable " +"portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1184 +#: boot-installer.xml:1181 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." +msgid "" +"You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this " +"line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start " +"the boot load sequence." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1196 +#: boot-installer.xml:1193 #, no-c-format -msgid "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." +msgid "" +"These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " +"you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot " +"kernel and options." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1206 +#: boot-installer.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Option 2: Booting from the EFI Shell" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1207 +#: boot-installer.xml:1204 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with the following steps:" +msgid "" +"If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " +"the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with " +"the following steps:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1218 +#: boot-installer.xml:1215 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system initialization." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system " +"initialization." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1224 +#: boot-installer.xml:1221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable devices and display them to the console before displaying its command prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." +msgid "" +"Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " +"press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable " +"devices and display them to the console before displaying its command " +"prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device " +"name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other " +"recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the " +"shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1238 +#: boot-installer.xml:1235 #, no-c-format -msgid "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." +msgid "" +"Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " +"likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with " +"bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1245 +#: boot-installer.xml:1242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press <command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now display the partition number as its prompt." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " +"<command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now " +"display the partition number as its prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1252 +#: boot-installer.xml:1249 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " +"start the boot load sequence." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1259 +#: boot-installer.xml:1256 #, no-c-format -msgid "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." +msgid "" +"As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " +"display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can " +"also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</" +"command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel " +"and options." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1273 +#: boot-installer.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing using a Serial Console" msgstr "Installation med en seriellkonsoll" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1275 +#: boot-installer.xml:1272 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the ttyS0 device are preconfigured." +msgid "" +"You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " +"serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option " +"containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, " +"choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud " +"serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your " +"serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the " +"ttyS0 device are preconfigured." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1286 +#: boot-installer.xml:1283 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI shell." +msgid "" +"In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " +"as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting " +"is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI " +"shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1293 +#: boot-installer.xml:1290 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." +msgid "" +"If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " +"or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for " +"one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console " +"over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into " +"the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1304 +#: boot-installer.xml:1301 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." +msgid "" +"Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " +"setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a " +"significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing " +"the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text " +"Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for " +"instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1313 +#: boot-installer.xml:1310 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the installation." +msgid "" +"If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " +"and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as " +"soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1322 +#: boot-installer.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting the Boot Kernel and Options" msgstr "Välj uppstartskärna och inställningar" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1324 +#: boot-installer.xml:1321 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen explains the common command line options." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " +"a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from " +"the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. " +"There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the " +"appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen " +"explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen " +"explains the common command line options." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1336 +#: boot-installer.xml:1333 #, no-c-format -msgid "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will select and start the install:" +msgid "" +"Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " +"of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You " +"should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional " +"parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text " +"window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will " +"be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you " +"encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those " +"same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will " +"select and start the install:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1354 +#: boot-installer.xml:1351 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your needs with the arrow keys." +msgid "" +"Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " +"needs with the arrow keys." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1359 +#: boot-installer.xml:1356 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such as serial console settings) are specified." +msgid "" +"Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " +"displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such " +"as serial console settings) are specified." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1366 +#: boot-installer.xml:1363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first screen of the Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " +"kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first " +"screen of the Debian Installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1375 +#: boot-installer.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1386 +#: boot-installer.xml:1383 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." +msgid "" +"Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " +"difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager " +"can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the " +"installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed " +"thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages " +"of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1420 +#: boot-installer.xml:1417 #, no-c-format -msgid "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver <command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." +msgid "" +"Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " +"On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver " +"<command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in " +"the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1431 +#: boot-installer.xml:1428 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "Konfiguration av servern" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1432 +#: boot-installer.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something " +"like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</command> running on the client." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</" +"command> running on the client." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1442 +#: boot-installer.xml:1439 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." +msgid "" +"Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " +"as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include " +"<filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This " +"will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree " +"containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:1452 +#: boot-installer.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# cd /var/lib/tftp\n" @@ -1160,1150 +1563,1692 @@ msgstr "" "[...]" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1452 +#: boot-installer.xml:1449 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the <classname>elilo</classname> package for details." +msgid "" +"The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" +"filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you " +"need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-" +"installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different " +"config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP " +"address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the " +"<classname>elilo</classname> package for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1469 +#: boot-installer.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "Konfiguration av klienten" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1470 +#: boot-installer.xml:1467 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." +msgid "" +"To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " +"entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You " +"should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi" +"()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose " +"the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be " +"booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</" +"userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options " +"menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option " +"you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to " +"a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1502 +#: boot-installer.xml:1499 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will start the Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " +"processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds " +"with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and " +"when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will " +"start the Debian Installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1511 +#: boot-installer.xml:1508 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1524 +#: boot-installer.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing an Installation Method" msgstr "Välja en installationsmetod" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1526 +#: boot-installer.xml:1523 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses tmpfs." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1534 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the &ramdisksize; kernel parameter." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x " +"or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux " +"kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x " +"linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses " +"tmpfs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1541 +#: boot-installer.xml:1531 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, if you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you must make sure you are using a ramdisk built to accommodate it, see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>. In general, this means you need to use the initrd22.gz ramdisk from the respective directory." +msgid "" +"If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " +"&ramdisksize; kernel parameter." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1549 +#: boot-installer.xml:1536 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel parameters." +msgid "" +"Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " +"parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1554 +#: boot-installer.xml:1541 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " +"&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1571 +#: boot-installer.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Amiga" msgstr "Amiga" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1572 +#: boot-installer.xml:1559 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1578 +#: boot-installer.xml:1565 #, no-c-format -msgid "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1587 +#: boot-installer.xml:1574 #, no-c-format msgid "Atari" msgstr "Atari" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1588 +#: boot-installer.xml:1575 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-" +"floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1595 +#: boot-installer.xml:1582 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>." -msgstr "Atari fungerar för närvarande inte med bogl så om du ser fel från bogl behöver du inkludera kärnparametern <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Atari fungerar för närvarande inte med bogl så om du ser fel från bogl " +"behöver du inkludera kärnparametern <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1604 +#: boot-installer.xml:1591 #, no-c-format msgid "BVME6000" msgstr "BVME6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1605 +#: boot-installer.xml:1592 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" +"\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/" +">), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1615 +#: boot-installer.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Macintosh" msgstr "Macintosh" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1616 +#: boot-installer.xml:1603 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1623 +#: boot-installer.xml:1610 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system will run faster if you do not specify it." +msgid "" +"If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include " +"the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two " +"such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</" +"userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but " +"which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is " +"only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system " +"will run faster if you do not specify it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1638 +#: boot-installer.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "MVME147 and MVME16x" msgstr "MVME147 och MVME16x" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1639 +#: boot-installer.xml:1626 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " +"(see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1649 +#: boot-installer.xml:1636 #, no-c-format msgid "Q40/Q60" msgstr "Q40/Q60" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1650 +#: boot-installer.xml:1637 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive " +"(see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom " +"is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1661 +#: boot-installer.xml:1648 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" msgstr "Starta upp från en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1667 -#: boot-installer.xml:2172 +#: boot-installer.xml:1654 boot-installer.xml:2159 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for some systems it is the only supported method of installation." +msgid "" +"Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " +"some systems it is the only supported method of installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1673 -#: boot-installer.xml:2178 +#: boot-installer.xml:1660 boot-installer.xml:2165 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " +"downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files" +"\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1682 +#: boot-installer.xml:1669 #, no-c-format -msgid "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel (see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." +msgid "" +"At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " +"three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel " +"(see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/" +"MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1690 +#: boot-installer.xml:1677 #, no-c-format -msgid "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The <filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the <filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." +msgid "" +"The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " +"<filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These " +"ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The " +"<filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer " +"packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file " +"of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the " +"<filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1711 +#: boot-installer.xml:1698 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from AmigaOS" msgstr "Starta upp från AmigaOS" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1712 +#: boot-installer.xml:1699 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory." +msgid "" +"In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by " +"double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>debian</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1718 +#: boot-installer.xml:1705 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " +"program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the " +"screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black " +"screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel " +"debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to " +"read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program " +"should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1733 +#: boot-installer.xml:1720 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Atari TOS" msgstr "Starta upp från Atari TOS" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1734 +#: boot-installer.xml:1721 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program options dialog box." -msgstr "I skrivbordsmiljön GEM, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> i katalogen <filename>debian</filename> och klicka <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> i programmets inställningsruta." +msgid "" +"At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking " +"on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</" +"filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program " +"options dialog box." +msgstr "" +"I skrivbordsmiljön GEM, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att " +"dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> i katalogen " +"<filename>debian</filename> och klicka <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> i " +"programmets inställningsruta." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1741 +#: boot-installer.xml:1728 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program " +"has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen " +"will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with " +"white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging " +"information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but " +"that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start " +"automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1756 +#: boot-installer.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from MacOS" msgstr "Starta upp från MacOS" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1757 +#: boot-installer.xml:1744 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." +msgid "" +"You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " +"<emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for " +"booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key " +"down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for " +"loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions " +"and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be " +"left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1768 +#: boot-installer.xml:1755 #, no-c-format -msgid "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." +msgid "" +"Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have " +"the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is " +"an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=" +"\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1777 +#: boot-installer.xml:1764 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the <filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." +msgid "" +"At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" +"clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> " +"booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in " +"the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. " +"Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk " +"(<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> " +"directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right " +"corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1792 +#: boot-installer.xml:1779 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> " +"<guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the " +"<guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the " +"text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" +"guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1801 +#: boot-installer.xml:1788 #, no-c-format -msgid "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." +msgid "" +"Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start " +"the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1808 +#: boot-installer.xml:1795 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information " +"into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few " +"seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, " +"displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may " +"scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of " +"seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can " +"continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1823 +#: boot-installer.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Q40/Q60" msgstr "Starta upp från Q40/Q60" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1825 +#: boot-installer.xml:1812 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME" msgstr "FIXME" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1829 +#: boot-installer.xml:1816 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " +"below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1841 +#: boot-installer.xml:1828 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM booting is the BVME6000." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " +"booting is the BVME6000." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1913 +#: boot-installer.xml:1900 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO <prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 terminal emulation:" +msgid "" +"After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " +"<prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to " +"boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 " +"terminal emulation:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1924 +#: boot-installer.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> to install a BVME4000/6000" -msgstr "ange <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en BVME4000/6000" +msgstr "" +"ange <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en BVME4000/6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1929 +#: boot-installer.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME162" msgstr "ange <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME162" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1934 +#: boot-installer.xml:1921 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME166/167" -msgstr "ange <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME166/167" +msgstr "" +"ange <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME166/167" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1941 +#: boot-installer.xml:1928 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." +msgid "" +"You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " +"vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1953 +#: boot-installer.xml:1940 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the recommended method." +msgid "" +"For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the " +"recommended method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1958 +#: boot-installer.xml:1945 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." +msgid "" +"Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " +"SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1974 -#: boot-installer.xml:2021 +#: boot-installer.xml:1961 boot-installer.xml:2008 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI Indys TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för SGI Indy via TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1975 +#: boot-installer.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on SGI Indys to boot linux and to begin installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> on SGI Indys to boot linux and to begin " +"installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have " +"to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1994 -#: boot-installer.xml:2043 +#: boot-installer.xml:1981 boot-installer.xml:2030 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för Broadcom BCM91250A via TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1995 +#: boot-installer.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"On the Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board, you have to load the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"On the Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board, you have to load the SiByl boot " +"loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian installer. In most " +"cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but it is also possible " +"to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you can enter the " +"following command on the CFE prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can " +"load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." +"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in " +"this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. " +"Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2018 -#: boot-installer.xml:2552 +#: boot-installer.xml:2005 boot-installer.xml:2539 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2022 +#: boot-installer.xml:2009 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI Indys you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</command> command in the command monitor." +msgid "" +"On SGI Indys you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" +"command> command in the command monitor." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2027 +#: boot-installer.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " +"name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/" +"dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via " +"<command>append</command>:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2037 +#: boot-installer.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2044 +#: boot-installer.xml:2031 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> variable." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, " +"you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP " +"server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> " +"variable." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2061 +#: boot-installer.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "s390 Limitations" msgstr "Begränsningar för s390" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2062 +#: boot-installer.xml:2049 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh session is needed on S/390." +msgid "" +"In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " +"session is needed on S/390." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2067 +#: boot-installer.xml:2054 #, no-c-format -msgid "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system by starting a ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." +msgid "" +"The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " +"network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system " +"by starting a ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2078 +#: boot-installer.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "s390 Boot Parameters" msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för s390" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2079 +#: boot-installer.xml:2066 #, no-c-format -msgid "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more information about S/390-specific boot parameters." +msgid "" +"On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " +"either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-" +"devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more " +"information about S/390-specific boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2133 +#: boot-installer.xml:2120 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " +"booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</" +"keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> " +"keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2142 +#: boot-installer.xml:2129 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then point the installer to the CD for the needed files." +msgid "" +"OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " +"relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-" +"software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have " +"floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then " +"point the installer to the CD for the needed files." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2151 +#: boot-installer.xml:2138 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" +msgid "" +"If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" +"ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware " +"command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the " +"path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2160 +#: boot-installer.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "0 > boot cd:,\\install\\yaboot" msgstr "0 > boot cd:,\\install\\yaboot" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2166 +#: boot-installer.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Hard Disk" msgstr "Starta upp från hårddisk" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2187 +#: boot-installer.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting CHRP from OpenFirmware" msgstr "Starta upp CHRP från OpenFirmware" #. Tag: emphasis -#: boot-installer.xml:2191 +#: boot-installer.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "Not yet written." msgstr "Ännu inte skriven." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2196 +#: boot-installer.xml:2183 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting OldWorld PowerMacs from MacOS" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2197 +#: boot-installer.xml:2184 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut down MacOS and launch the installer." +msgid "" +"If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " +"boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> " +"application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and " +"select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the " +"chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may " +"need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending " +"on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut " +"down MacOS and launch the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2215 +#: boot-installer.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting NewWorld Macs from OpenFirmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2216 +#: boot-installer.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and <keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " +"<filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS " +"partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and " +"immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and " +"<keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be " +"presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the " +"partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were " +"placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few " +"more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." +"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type " +"either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</" +"userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> " +"argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</" +"userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2251 +#: boot-installer.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from USB memory stick" msgstr "Starta upp från USB-minne" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2252 +#: boot-installer.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2258 +#: boot-installer.xml:2245 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" +">. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the " +"Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage " +"devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref " +"linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2270 +#: boot-installer.xml:2257 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." +msgid "" +"You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " +"tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out " +"automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices " +"and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, " +"paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</" +"filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and " +"<filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2282 +#: boot-installer.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. <command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " +"installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the " +"Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image " +"earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open " +"Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. " +"<command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2296 +#: boot-installer.xml:2283 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, " +"or just hit &enterkey;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2302 +#: boot-installer.xml:2289 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgid "" +"This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " +"NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, " +"as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2335 +#: boot-installer.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, PReP and New World PowerMac systems support netbooting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2339 +#: boot-installer.xml:2326 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " +"monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command " +"<command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways " +"of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2354 +#: boot-installer.xml:2341 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not supported for booting." +msgid "" +"Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " +"generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not " +"equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not " +"supported for booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2366 +#: boot-installer.xml:2353 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the power-on button." +msgid "" +"To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " +"in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the " +"power-on button." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2372 +#: boot-installer.xml:2359 #, no-c-format -msgid "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." +msgid "" +"For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " +"the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot " +"from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine " +"will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2379 +#: boot-installer.xml:2366 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." +msgid "" +"After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " +"the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically " +"launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2390 +#: boot-installer.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "PowerPC Boot Parameters" msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för PowerPC" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2391 +#: boot-installer.xml:2378 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." +msgid "" +"Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " +"skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for " +"most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to " +"<userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2431 +#: boot-installer.xml:2418 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." +msgid "" +"On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " +"which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use " +"the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP " +"server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:" +"dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older " +"OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le" +"()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2487 +#: boot-installer.xml:2474 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc 10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." +msgid "" +"Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " +"which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the " +"secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual " +"device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special " +"command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc " +"10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2502 +#: boot-installer.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are not supported." +"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) " +"architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is " +"<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " +"package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the " +"IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are " +"not supported." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2514 +#: boot-installer.xml:2501 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " +"booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP " +"update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://" +"sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2521 +#: boot-installer.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" "Illegal or malformed device name\n" -"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is simply not supported on your machine." +"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is " +"simply not supported on your machine." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2533 +#: boot-installer.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "IDPROM Messages" msgstr "IDPROM-meddelanden" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2534 +#: boot-installer.xml:2521 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with <quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more information." +msgid "" +"If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which " +"holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2553 +#: boot-installer.xml:2540 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases you'll have to help the kernel a bit." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " +"sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel " +"can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases " +"you'll have to help the kernel a bit." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2560 +#: boot-installer.xml:2547 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." +msgid "" +"If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " +"parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works " +"correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any " +"special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2567 +#: boot-installer.xml:2554 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of " +"the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2576 +#: boot-installer.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. <replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." +"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k " +"available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. " +"<replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in " +"kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have " +"installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</" +"replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is " +"set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, " +"or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</" +"userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2592 +#: boot-installer.xml:2579 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " +"autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</" +"phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached " +"to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to " +"pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> " +"argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your " +"serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2605 +#: boot-installer.xml:2592 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to <filename>ttya</filename>." +msgid "" +"For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</" +"envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2616 +#: boot-installer.xml:2603 #, no-c-format msgid "Debian Installer Parameters" msgstr "Parametrar för Debian-installeraren" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2617 +#: boot-installer.xml:2604 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. <phrase condition=\"etch\">With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.</phrase> </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +msgid "" +"The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " +"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " +"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " +"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " +"will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 " +"or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </" +"para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2638 +#: boot-installer.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2639 +#: boot-installer.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2643 +#: boot-installer.xml:2629 #, no-c-format -msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>debconf/priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." +msgid "" +"The default installation uses <userinput>debconf/priority=high</userinput>. " +"This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but " +"medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, " +"the installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2650 +#: boot-installer.xml:2636 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you add <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>debconf/priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>debconf/priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." +msgid "" +"If you add <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, " +"you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the " +"installation. When <userinput>debconf/priority=low</userinput> is used, all " +"messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> " +"boot method). With <userinput>debconf/priority=critical</userinput>, the " +"installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the " +"right thing without fuss." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2664 +#: boot-installer.xml:2650 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2665 +#: boot-installer.xml:2651 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." +msgid "" +"This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " +"installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></" +"para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial " +"console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is " +"available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2701 +#: boot-installer.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2702 +#: boot-installer.xml:2688 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" +msgid "" +"Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " +"be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at " +"strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot " +"process.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2711 +#: boot-installer.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2712 +#: boot-installer.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "Detta är den förvalda inställningen." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2716 +#: boot-installer.xml:2702 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2717 +#: boot-installer.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "Mer information än normalt." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2721 +#: boot-installer.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2722 +#: boot-installer.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "Mycket debug-information." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2726 +#: boot-installer.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2727 +#: boot-installer.xml:2713 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." +msgid "" +"Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " +"debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2741 +#: boot-installer.xml:2727 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2742 +#: boot-installer.xml:2728 #, no-c-format -msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" +msgid "" +"The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " +"installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2748 +#: boot-installer.xml:2734 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies and USB storage devices it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies and USB storage devices " +"it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only " +"look at the one device." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2758 +#: boot-installer.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2759 +#: boot-installer.xml:2745 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." +msgid "" +"Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " +"number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can " +"disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>. Problem symptoms are error messages about " +"bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after " +"starting the install." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2768 +#: boot-installer.xml:2754 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." +msgid "" +"The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " +"disable the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron " +"with Mobile Radeon card." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2774 +#: boot-installer.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "Liknande problem har rapporterats för Amiga 1200 och SE/30." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2778 +#: boot-installer.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "Liknande problem har blivit rapporterats för hppa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2782 +#: boot-installer.xml:2768 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " +"<emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result " +"in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like " +"those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the " +"installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=true</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2795 +#: boot-installer.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2796 +#: boot-installer.xml:2782 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if that causes problems." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " +"that causes problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2805 +#: boot-installer.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2806 +#: boot-installer.xml:2792 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." +msgid "" +"By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " +"DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change " +"the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case " +"the DHCP probe fails." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2813 +#: boot-installer.xml:2799 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." +msgid "" +"If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " +"because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the " +"network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2811 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " +"that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2835 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2836 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." +msgid "" +"Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " +"the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2845 +#: boot-installer.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2846 +#: boot-installer.xml:2832 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." +msgid "" +"Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " +"install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2855 +#: boot-installer.xml:2841 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2856 +#: boot-installer.xml:2842 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." +msgid "" +"By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " +"used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not " +"automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for " +"example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user " +"is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy " +"style drives cannot reload media automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2865 +#: boot-installer.xml:2851 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " +"aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically " +"boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2876 +#: boot-installer.xml:2862 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2877 +#: boot-installer.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2885 +#: boot-installer.xml:2871 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2886 +#: boot-installer.xml:2872 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " +"performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2890 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "Tillförlitlighet för disketter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2911 +#: boot-installer.xml:2897 #, no-c-format -msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." +msgid "" +"The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " +"be floppy disk reliability." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2916 +#: boot-installer.xml:2902 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " +"the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read " +"as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without " +"printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be " +"failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a " +"flood of messages about disk I/O errors." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2925 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." +msgid "" +"If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " +"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " +"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " +"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " +"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " +"on a different system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2921 #, no-c-format -msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." +msgid "" +"One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" +"emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the " +"third floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2941 +#: boot-installer.xml:2927 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." +msgid "" +"Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " +"floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to " +"buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2950 +#: boot-installer.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "Uppstartskonfiguration" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2952 +#: boot-installer.xml:2938 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " +"recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized " +"properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2959 +#: boot-installer.xml:2945 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " +"installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your " +"kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2952 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " +"trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Internal modems, sound cards, " +"and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2972 +#: boot-installer.xml:2958 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " +"512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to " +"include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such " +"as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2983 +#: boot-installer.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Vanliga installationsproblem på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2970 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." +msgid "" +"There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " +"passing certain boot parameters to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2989 +#: boot-installer.xml:2975 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " +"errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try " +"the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2995 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format -msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " +"drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first " +"without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If " +"not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use " +"the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></" +"userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3004 +#: boot-installer.xml:2990 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." +msgid "" +"If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you " +"should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables " +"this test." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3011 +#: boot-installer.xml:2997 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> or <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." +msgid "" +"If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " +"pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a " +"problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode " +"properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput> or <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> to " +"disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available " +"during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-parms\"/> for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3026 +#: boot-installer.xml:3012 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." +msgid "" +"Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " +"detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display " +"similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA " +"support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the " +"<userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can " +"then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the " +"resource range causing the problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3037 +#: boot-installer.xml:3023 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " +"asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, " +"if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter " +"<userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list " +"of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs." +"sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource " +"settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the " +"commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3054 +#: boot-installer.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3055 +#: boot-installer.xml:3041 #, no-c-format -msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from being loaded." +msgid "" +"The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " +"in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some " +"broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround " +"may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another " +"option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</" +"userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from " +"being loaded." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3069 +#: boot-installer.xml:3055 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "Tolkning av kärnans uppstartsmeddelanden" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3071 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgid "" +"During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</" +"replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see " +"them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on " +"computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer " +"will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit " +"a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also " +"see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a " +"device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you " +"find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create " +"a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3096 +#: boot-installer.xml:3082 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Buggrapporterare" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3097 +#: boot-installer.xml:3083 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> It copies system error logs and configuration information to a user-supplied floppy. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them in a web browser. </phrase> This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to the bug report." +msgid "" +"If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " +"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error " +"logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or " +"download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to " +"what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you " +"may want to attach this information to the bug report." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3114 +#: boot-installer.xml:3094 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." +msgid "" +"Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" +"filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3105 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "Skicka installationsrapporter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3126 +#: boot-installer.xml:3106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." +msgid "" +"If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " +"encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is " +"successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the " +"largest number of hardware configurations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3133 +#: boot-installer.xml:3113 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " +"report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages " +"(<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run " +"the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3140 +#: boot-installer.xml:3120 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " +"report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" +"classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" @@ -2337,6 +3282,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" " and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem state." +"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, " +"including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. " +"Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem " +"state." msgstr "" - diff --git a/po/sv/boot-new.po b/po/sv/boot-new.po index dcedf70de..1c2dc4f0a 100755 --- a/po/sv/boot-new.po +++ b/po/sv/boot-new.po @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-new\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-06 13:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Tag: title @@ -28,612 +28,410 @@ msgstr "Sanningens minut" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system's first boot on its own power is what electrical engineers call the <quote>smoke test</quote>." -msgstr "Första uppstarten för ditt nya system kallas på el-ingenjörsspråk för <quote>röktest</quote>." +msgid "" +"Your system's first boot on its own power is what electrical engineers call " +"the <quote>smoke test</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Första uppstarten för ditt nya system kallas på el-ingenjörsspråk för " +"<quote>röktest</quote>." #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting directly into Debian, and the system doesn't start up, either use your original installation boot media, or insert the custom boot floppy if you have one, and reset your system. This way, you will probably need to add some boot arguments like <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>root</replaceable> is your root partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. <phrase condition=\"etch\"> Alternatively, see <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using the installer's built-in rescue mode. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you are booting directly into Debian, and the system doesn't start up, " +"either use your original installation boot media, or insert the custom boot " +"floppy if you have one, and reset your system. This way, you will probably " +"need to add some boot arguments like <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</" +"replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>root</replaceable> is your root " +"partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. Alternatively, see <xref " +"linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using the installer's built-in " +"rescue mode." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:29 +#: boot-new.xml:27 #, no-c-format msgid "BVME 6000 Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:30 +#: boot-new.xml:28 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have just performed a diskless install on a BVM or Motorola VMEbus machine: once the system has loaded the <command>tftplilo</command> program from the TFTP server, from the <prompt>LILO Boot:</prompt> prompt enter one of:" +msgid "" +"If you have just performed a diskless install on a BVM or Motorola VMEbus " +"machine: once the system has loaded the <command>tftplilo</command> program " +"from the TFTP server, from the <prompt>LILO Boot:</prompt> prompt enter one " +"of:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:38 +#: boot-new.xml:36 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" -msgstr "<userinput>b6000</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en BVME 4000/6000" +msgid "" +"<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b6000</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en BVME " +"4000/6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:43 +#: boot-new.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>b162</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME162" -msgstr "<userinput>b162</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en MVME162" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b162</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en MVME162" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:48 +#: boot-new.xml:46 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" -msgstr "<userinput>b167</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en MVME166/167" +msgid "" +"<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>b167</userinput> följt av &enterkey; för att starta upp en " +"MVME166/167" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:60 +#: boot-new.xml:58 #, no-c-format msgid "Macintosh Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för Macintosh" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:62 +#: boot-new.xml:60 #, no-c-format -msgid "Go to the directory containing the installation files and start up the <command>Penguin</command> booter, holding down the <keycap>command</keycap> key. Go to the <userinput>Settings</userinput> dialogue (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>T</keycap> </keycombo>), and locate the kernel options line which should look like <userinput>root=/dev/ram video=font:VGA8x16</userinput> or similar." +msgid "" +"Go to the directory containing the installation files and start up the " +"<command>Penguin</command> booter, holding down the <keycap>command</keycap> " +"key. Go to the <userinput>Settings</userinput> dialogue (<keycombo> " +"<keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>T</keycap> </keycombo>), and locate the " +"kernel options line which should look like <userinput>root=/dev/ram " +"video=font:VGA8x16</userinput> or similar." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:72 +#: boot-new.xml:70 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to change the entry to <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></userinput>. Replace the <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> with the Linux name of the partition onto which you installed the system (e.g. <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>); you wrote this down earlier. The <userinput>video=font:VGA8x8</userinput> is recommended especially for users with tiny screens. The kernel would pick a prettier (6x11) font but the console driver for this font can hang the machine, so using 8x16 or 8x8 is safer at this stage. You can change this at any time." +msgid "" +"You need to change the entry to <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Replace the <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable> with " +"the Linux name of the partition onto which you installed the system (e.g. " +"<filename>/dev/sda1</filename>); you wrote this down earlier. The " +"<userinput>video=font:VGA8x8</userinput> is recommended especially for users " +"with tiny screens. The kernel would pick a prettier (6x11) font but the " +"console driver for this font can hang the machine, so using 8x16 or 8x8 is " +"safer at this stage. You can change this at any time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:85 +#: boot-new.xml:83 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't want to start GNU/Linux immediately each time you start, uncheck the <userinput>Auto Boot</userinput> option. Save your settings in the <filename>Prefs</filename> file using the <userinput>Save Settings As Default</userinput> option." +msgid "" +"If you don't want to start GNU/Linux immediately each time you start, " +"uncheck the <userinput>Auto Boot</userinput> option. Save your settings in " +"the <filename>Prefs</filename> file using the <userinput>Save Settings As " +"Default</userinput> option." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:92 +#: boot-new.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now select <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>B</keycap> </keycombo>) to start your freshly installed GNU/Linux instead of the RAMdisk installer system." +msgid "" +"Now select <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</" +"keycap> <keycap>B</keycap> </keycombo>) to start your freshly installed GNU/" +"Linux instead of the RAMdisk installer system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:98 +#: boot-new.xml:96 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian should boot, and you should see the same messages as when you first booted the installation system, followed by some new messages." +msgid "" +"Debian should boot, and you should see the same messages as when you first " +"booted the installation system, followed by some new messages." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:108 +#: boot-new.xml:106 #, no-c-format msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:109 +#: boot-new.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the machine fails to boot after completing the installation, and stops with a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, try typing <userinput>Linux</userinput> followed by &enterkey;. (The default boot configuration in <filename>quik.conf</filename> is labeled Linux). The labels defined in <filename>quik.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. You can also try booting back into the installer, and editing the <filename>/target/etc/quik.conf</filename> placed there by the <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard Disk</guimenuitem> step. Clues for dealing with <command>quik</command> are available at <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"If the machine fails to boot after completing the installation, and stops " +"with a <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, try typing <userinput>Linux</" +"userinput> followed by &enterkey;. (The default boot configuration in " +"<filename>quik.conf</filename> is labeled Linux). The labels defined in " +"<filename>quik.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. You can also " +"try booting back into the installer, and editing the <filename>/target/etc/" +"quik.conf</filename> placed there by the <guimenuitem>Install Quik on a Hard " +"Disk</guimenuitem> step. Clues for dealing with <command>quik</command> are " +"available at <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-quik-faq;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:123 +#: boot-new.xml:121 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot back into MacOS without resetting the nvram, type <userinput>bye</userinput> at the OpenFirmware prompt (assuming MacOS has not been removed from the machine). To obtain an OpenFirmware prompt, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine. If you need to reset the OpenFirmware nvram changes to the MacOS default in order to boot back to MacOS, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." +msgid "" +"To boot back into MacOS without resetting the nvram, type <userinput>bye</" +"userinput> at the OpenFirmware prompt (assuming MacOS has not been removed " +"from the machine). To obtain an OpenFirmware prompt, hold down the " +"<keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine. " +"If you need to reset the OpenFirmware nvram changes to the MacOS default in " +"order to boot back to MacOS, hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</" +"keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </" +"keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:136 +#: boot-new.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you use <command>BootX</command> to boot into the installed system, just select your desired kernel in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder, un-choose the ramdisk option, and add a root device corresponding to your installation; e.g. <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you use <command>BootX</command> to boot into the installed system, just " +"select your desired kernel in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder, " +"un-choose the ramdisk option, and add a root device corresponding to your " +"installation; e.g. <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:148 +#: boot-new.xml:146 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "NewWorld-startpartition" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:149 -#, no-c-format -msgid "On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key and get a graphical screen with a button for each bootable OS, &debian; will be a button with a small penguin icon." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:156 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you kept MacOS and at some point it changes the OpenFirmware <envar>boot-device</envar> variable you should reset OpenFirmware to its default configuration. To do this hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> keys while cold booting the machine." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:164 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The labels defined in <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> will be displayed if you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:170 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Resetting OpenFirmware on G3 or G4 hardware will cause it to boot &debian; by default (if you correctly partitioned and placed the Apple_Bootstrap partition first). If you have &debian; on a SCSI disk and MacOS on an IDE disk this may not work and you will have to enter OpenFirmware and set the <envar>boot-device</envar> variable, <command>ybin</command> normally does this automatically." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:179 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After you boot &debian; for the first time you can add any additional options you desire (such as dual boot options) to <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> and run <command>ybin</command> to update your boot partition with the changed configuration. Please read the <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-yaboot-faq;\">yaboot HOWTO</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:193 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Debian Post-Boot (Base) Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:195 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After booting, you will be prompted to complete the configuration of your basic system, and then to select what additional packages you wish to install. The application which guides you through this process is called <classname>base-config</classname>. Its concept is very similar to the &d-i; from the first stage. Indeed, <classname>base-config</classname> consists of a number of specialized components, where each component handles one configuration task, contains <quote>hidden menu in the background</quote> and also uses the same navigation system." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:207 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you wish to re-run the <classname>base-config</classname> at any point after installation is complete, as root run <userinput>base-config</userinput>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:220 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" -msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:222 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After a welcome screen, you will be prompted to configure your time zone. First select whether the hardware clock of your system is set to local time or Greenwich Mean Time (GMT or UTC). The time displayed in the dialog may help you decide on the correct option. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:235 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you will next be shown either a single timezone or a list of timezones relevant for that location. If a single timezone is shown, choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> to confirm or choose <guibutton>No</guibutton> to select from the full list of timezones. If a list is shown, select your timezone from the list, or select Other for the full list." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" -msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:255 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Set the Root Password" -msgstr "Sätta ett lösenord för root" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:257 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:265 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:273 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:283 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Create an Ordinary User" -msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:285 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:292 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:302 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:309 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:323 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up PPP" -msgstr "Sätta upp PPP" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:325 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If no network was configured during the first stage of the installation, you will next be asked whether you wish to install the rest of the system using PPP. PPP is a protocol used to establish dialup connections with modems. If you configure the modem at this point, the installation system will be able to download additional packages or security updates from the Internet during the next steps of the installation. If you don't have a modem in your computer or if you prefer to configure your modem after the installation, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:336 -#, no-c-format -msgid "In order to configure your PPP connection, you will need some information from your Internet Service Provider (ISP), including phone number, username, password and DNS servers (optional). Some ISPs provide installation guidelines for Linux distributions. You can use that information even if they don't specifically target Debian since most of the configuration parameters (and software) is similar amongst Linux distributions." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:345 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you do choose to configure PPP at this point, a program named <command>pppconfig</command> will be run. This program helps you configure your PPP connection. <emphasis>Make sure, when it asks you for the name of your dialup connection, that you name it <userinput>provider</userinput>.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:353 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Hopefully, the <command>pppconfig</command> program will walk you through a trouble-free PPP connection setup. However, if it does not work for you, see below for detailed instructions." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:359 -#, no-c-format -msgid "In order to setup PPP, you'll need to know the basics of file viewing and editing in GNU/Linux. To view files, you should use <command>more</command>, and <command>zmore</command> for compressed files with a <userinput>.gz</userinput> extension. For example, to view <filename>README.debian.gz</filename>, type <userinput>zmore README.debian.gz</userinput>. The base system comes with an editor named <command>nano</command>, which is very simple to use, but does not have a lot of features. You will probably want to install more full-featured editors and viewers later, such as <command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</command>, <command>less</command>, and <command>emacs</command>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:373 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Edit <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> and replace <userinput>/dev/modem</userinput> with <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>#</replaceable> stands for the number of your serial port. In Linux, serial ports are counted from 0; your first serial port <phrase arch=\"i386\">(i.e., <userinput>COM1</userinput>)</phrase> is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> under Linux. <phrase arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">On Macintoshes with serial ports, the modem port is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> and the printer port is <filename>/dev/ttyS1</filename>.</phrase> The next step is to edit <filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename> and insert your provider's phone number, your user-name and password. Please do not delete the <quote>\\q</quote> that precedes the password. It hides the password from appearing in your log files." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:393 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Many providers use PAP or CHAP for login sequence instead of text mode authentication. Others use both. If your provider requires PAP or CHAP, you'll need to follow a different procedure. Comment out everything below the dialing string (the one that starts with <quote>ATDT</quote>) in <filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename>, modify <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> as described above, and add <userinput>user <replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>name</replaceable> stands for your user-name for the provider you are trying to connect to. Next, edit <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets</filename> or <filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename> and enter your password there." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:409 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You will also need to edit <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add your provider's name server (DNS) IP addresses. The lines in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> are in the following format: <userinput>nameserver <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</replaceable></userinput> where the <replaceable>x</replaceable>s stand for numbers in your IP address. Optionally, you could add the <userinput>usepeerdns</userinput> option to the <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> file, which will enable automatic choosing of appropriate DNS servers, using settings the remote host usually provides." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:423 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Unless your provider has a login sequence different from the majority of ISPs, you are done! Start the PPP connection by typing <command>pon</command> as root, and monitor the process using <command>plog</command> command. To disconnect, use <command>poff</command>, again, as root." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:431 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> file for more information on using PPP on Debian." -msgstr "Läs filen <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> för mer information om hur man använder PPP i Debian." - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:436 -#, no-c-format -msgid "For static SLIP connections, you will need to add the <userinput>slattach</userinput> command (from the <classname>net-tools</classname> package) into <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename>. Dynamic SLIP will require the <classname>gnudip</classname> package." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:447 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" -msgstr "Ställa in PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:449 -#, no-c-format -msgid "PPPOE is a protocol related to PPP used for some broadband connections. There is currently no support in base configuration to help you set this up. However, the necessary software has been installed, which means you can configure PPPOE manually at this stage of the installation by switching to VT2 and running <command>pppoeconf</command>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:467 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring APT" -msgstr "Konfigurera APT" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:469 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this package is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command>, <command>synaptic</command> and the older <command>dselect</command> also use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:493 -#, no-c-format -msgid "APT must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The helper application which assists in this task is called <command>apt-setup</command>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:499 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The next step in your configuration process is to tell APT where other Debian packages can be found. Note that you can re-run this tool at any point after installation by running <command>apt-setup</command>, or by manually editing <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:506 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If an official CD-ROM is in the drive at this point, then that CD-ROM should automatically be configured as an apt source without prompting. You will notice this because you will see the CD-ROM being scanned." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:512 -#, no-c-format -msgid "For users without an official CD-ROM, you will be offered an array of choices for how Debian packages are accessed: FTP, HTTP, CD-ROM, or a local file system." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:518 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You should know that it's perfectly acceptable to have a number of different APT sources, even for the same Debian archive. <command>apt-get</command> will automatically pick the package with the highest version number given all the available versions. Or, for instance, if you have both an HTTP and a CD-ROM APT source, <command>apt-get</command> should automatically use the local CD-ROM when possible, and only resort to HTTP if a newer version is available there. However, it is not a good idea to add unnecessary APT sources, since this will tend to slow down the process of checking the network archives for new versions." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:534 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Network Package Sources" -msgstr "Konfigurera paketkällor på nätverket" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:536 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan on installing the rest of your system via the network, the most common option is to select the <userinput>http</userinput> source. The <userinput>ftp</userinput> source is also acceptable, but tends to be somewhat slower making connections." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:543 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The next step during the configuration of network package sources is to tell <command>apt-setup</command> which country you live in. This configures which of the official Debian Internet mirrors you will connect to. Depending on which country you select, you will be presented with a list of possible servers. It's generally fine to pick the one at the top of the list, but any of them should work. Note however that the mirror list provided by the installation was generated when this version of Debian was released and some mirrors may no longer be available." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:554 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After you have selected a mirror, you will be asked if a proxy server should be used. A proxy server is a server that will forward all your HTTP and/or FTP requests to the Internet and is most often used to regulate and optimize access to the Internet on corporate networks. In some networks only the proxy server is allowed access to the Internet, in which case you will have to enter the name of the proxy server. You may also have to include an user name and password. Most home users will not need to specify a proxy server, although some ISPs may provide proxy servers for their users." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:566 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After you select a mirror, your new network package source will be tested. If all goes well, you will be prompted whether you want to add another package source. If you have any problems using the package source you selected, try using a different mirror (either from your country list or from the global list), or try using a different network package source." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:583 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Package Installation" -msgstr "Paketinstallation" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:585 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Next you will be offered a number of pre-rolled software configurations offered by Debian. You could always choose, package by package, what you want to install on your new machine. This is the purpose of the <command>aptitude</command> program, described below. But this can be a long task with around &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian!" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:594 -#, no-c-format -msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>desktop environment</quote>, <quote>web server</quote>, or <quote>print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, <command>base-config</command> is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. For manual package selection, the <command>aptitude</command> program is being run. Any of these can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:621 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:628 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Even if you did not select any tasks at all, any standard, important, or required priority packages that are not yet present on your system will be installed. This functionality is the same as running <userinput>tasksel -ris</userinput> at the command line, and currently involves a download of about 37M of archives. You will be shown the number of packages to be installed, and how many kilobytes of packages, if any, need to be downloaded." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:641 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you do want to choose what to install on a package by package basis, select the <quote>manual package selection</quote> option in <command>tasksel</command>. If you select one or more tasks alongside this option, <command>aptitude</command> will be called with the <command>--visual-preview</command> option. This means you will be able to review<footnote> <para> You can also change the default selections. If you would like to select any additional package, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Package View</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> </footnote> the packages that are to be installed. If you do not select any tasks, the normal <command>aptitude</command> screen will be displayed. After making your selections you should press <quote><userinput>g</userinput></quote> to start the download and installation of packages." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:662 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose <quote>manual package selection</quote> <emphasis>without</emphasis> selecting any tasks, no packages will be installed by default. This means you can use this option if you want to install a minimal system, but also that the responsibility for selecting any packages not installed as part of the base system (before the reboot) that might be required for your system lies with you." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:673 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Of the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian, only a small minority are covered by tasks offered in the Task Installer. To see information on more packages, either use <userinput>apt-cache search <replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> for some given search string (see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page), or run <command>aptitude</command> as described below." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:687 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Advanced Package Selection with <command>aptitude</command>" -msgstr "Avancerade paketval med <command>aptitude</command>" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:689 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<command>Aptitude</command> is a modern program for managing packages. <command>aptitude</command> allows you to select individual packages, set of packages matching given criteria (for advanced users), or whole tasks." -msgstr "<command>Aptitude</command> är ett modernt program för att hantera paket. <command>aptitude</command> låter dig att välja individuella paket, paketuppsättningar som matchar angivna kriterier (för avancerade användare) eller kompletta uppgifter." - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:696 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The most basic keybindings are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> <row> <entry>Key</entry><entry>Action</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> <entry>Move selection up or down.</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> <entry>Open/collapse/activate item.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for installation.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for removal.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> <entry>Show package dependencies.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></entry> <entry>Actually download/install/remove packages.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>Quit current view.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Activate menu.</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> For more commands see the online help under the <keycap>?</keycap> key." -msgstr "De mest vanliga tangentbindningarna är: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> <row> <entry>Tangent</entry><entry>Åtgärd</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry><keycap>Upp</keycap>, <keycap>Ned</keycap></entry> <entry>Flytta markering upp eller ned.</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> <entry>Öppna/fäll in/aktivera post.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>Markera paket för installation.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>Markera paket för borttagning.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> <entry>Visa paketets beroenden.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></entry> <entry>Verkställ nedladdning/installation/borttagning av paket.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>Stäng nuvarande vy.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Aktivera meny.</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> För flera kommandon, se onlinehjälpen under <keycap>?</keycap>-tangenten." - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:747 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Prompts During Software Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:749 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> or <command>aptitude</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process. You might also want to keep an eye on the output during the process, to watch for any installation errors (although you will be asked to acknowledge errors which prevented a package's installation)." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:764 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Settings for the X Server" -msgstr "Inställningar för X-servern" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:766 -#, no-c-format -msgid "On iMacs, and some older Macintoshes as well, the X Server software doesn't calculate appropriate video settings. You will need to choose the <guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem> option during configuration of the video settings. For the monitor's horizontal sync range, enter 59–63. You can leave the default for vertical refresh range." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:774 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The mouse device should be set to <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." -msgstr "Musenheten bör sättas till <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:788 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" -msgstr "Konfigurera din mailserver (MTA)" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:790 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:798 -#, no-c-format -msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:806 +#: boot-new.xml:147 #, no-c-format -msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:815 -#, no-c-format -msgid "internet site" -msgstr "internetsystem" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:816 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." +msgid "" +"On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key " +"and get a graphical screen with a button for each bootable OS, &debian; will " +"be a button with a small penguin icon." msgstr "" -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:827 -#, no-c-format -msgid "mail sent by smarthost" -msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" - #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:828 +#: boot-new.xml:154 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." +msgid "" +"If you kept MacOS and at some point it changes the OpenFirmware <envar>boot-" +"device</envar> variable you should reset OpenFirmware to its default " +"configuration. To do this hold down the <keycombo> <keycap>command</keycap> " +"<keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>p</keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> " +"keys while cold booting the machine." msgstr "" -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:841 -#, no-c-format -msgid "local delivery only" -msgstr "endast lokal leverans" - #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:842 +#: boot-new.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." +msgid "" +"The labels defined in <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> will be displayed if " +"you press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." msgstr "" -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:855 -#, no-c-format -msgid "no configuration at this time" -msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" - #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:856 +#: boot-new.xml:168 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." +msgid "" +"Resetting OpenFirmware on G3 or G4 hardware will cause it to boot &debian; " +"by default (if you correctly partitioned and placed the Apple_Bootstrap " +"partition first). If you have &debian; on a SCSI disk and MacOS on an IDE " +"disk this may not work and you will have to enter OpenFirmware and set the " +"<envar>boot-device</envar> variable, <command>ybin</command> normally does " +"this automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:867 +#: boot-new.xml:177 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." +msgid "" +"After you boot &debian; for the first time you can add any additional " +"options you desire (such as dual boot options) to <filename>/etc/yaboot." +"conf</filename> and run <command>ybin</command> to update your boot " +"partition with the changed configuration. Please read the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"powerpc-yaboot-faq;\">yaboot HOWTO</ulink> for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:882 +#: boot-new.xml:191 #, no-c-format msgid "Log In" msgstr "Logga in" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:884 +#: boot-new.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you've installed packages, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in using the personal login and password you selected. Your system is now ready to use." +msgid "" +"Once your system boots, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in " +"using the personal login and password you selected during the installation " +"process. Your system is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:890 +#: boot-new.xml:199 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are a new user, you may want to explore the documentation which is already installed on your system as you start to use it. There are currently several documentation systems, work is proceeding on integrating the different types of documentation. Here are a few starting points." +msgid "" +"If you are a new user, you may want to explore the documentation which is " +"already installed on your system as you start to use it. There are currently " +"several documentation systems, work is proceeding on integrating the " +"different types of documentation. Here are a few starting points." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:898 +#: boot-new.xml:207 #, no-c-format -msgid "Documentation accompanying programs you have installed is in <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename>, under a subdirectory named after the program. For example, the APT User's Guide for using <command>apt</command> to install other programs on your system, is located in <filename>/usr/share/doc/apt/guide.html/index.html</filename>." +msgid "" +"Documentation accompanying programs you have installed is in <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/</filename>, under a subdirectory named after the program. For " +"example, the APT User's Guide for using <command>apt</command> to install " +"other programs on your system, is located in <filename>/usr/share/doc/apt/" +"guide.html/index.html</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:907 +#: boot-new.xml:216 #, no-c-format -msgid "In addition, there are some special folders within the <filename>/usr/share/doc/</filename> hierarchy. Linux HOWTOs are installed in <emphasis>.gz</emphasis> format, in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/</filename>. After installing <command>dhelp</command> you will find a browse-able index of documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HTML/index.html</filename>." +msgid "" +"In addition, there are some special folders within the <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/</filename> hierarchy. Linux HOWTOs are installed in <emphasis>.gz</" +"emphasis> format, in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/</filename>. " +"After installing <command>dhelp</command> you will find a browse-able index " +"of documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HTML/index.html</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:917 +#: boot-new.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "One easy way to view these documents is to <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</userinput>, and type <userinput>lynx</userinput> followed by a space and a dot (the dot stands for the current directory)." +msgid "" +"One easy way to view these documents is to <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</" +"userinput>, and type <userinput>lynx</userinput> followed by a space and a " +"dot (the dot stands for the current directory)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:924 +#: boot-new.xml:233 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also type <userinput>info <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> or <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> to see documentation on most commands available at the command prompt. Typing <userinput>help</userinput> will display help on shell commands. And typing a command followed by <userinput>--help</userinput> will usually display a short summary of the command's usage. If a command's results scroll past the top of the screen, type <userinput>| more</userinput> after the command to cause the results to pause before scrolling past the top of the screen. To see a list of all commands available which begin with a certain letter, type the letter and then two tabs." +msgid "" +"You can also type <userinput>info <replaceable>command</replaceable></" +"userinput> or <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput> " +"to see documentation on most commands available at the command prompt. " +"Typing <userinput>help</userinput> will display help on shell commands. And " +"typing a command followed by <userinput>--help</userinput> will usually " +"display a short summary of the command's usage. If a command's results " +"scroll past the top of the screen, type <userinput>| more</userinput> after " +"the command to cause the results to pause before scrolling past the top of " +"the screen. To see a list of all commands available which begin with a " +"certain letter, type the letter and then two tabs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:939 +#: boot-new.xml:248 #, no-c-format -msgid "For a more complete introduction to Debian and GNU/Linux, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." -msgstr "För en mer komplett introduktion till Debian och GNU/Linux, se <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." - +msgid "" +"For a more complete introduction to Debian and GNU/Linux, see <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För en mer komplett introduktion till Debian och GNU/Linux, se <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/debian-guide/html/noframes/index.html</filename>." + +#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" +#~ msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" + +#~ msgid "Set the Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Sätta ett lösenord för root" + +#~ msgid "Create an Ordinary User" +#~ msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up PPP" +#~ msgstr "Sätta upp PPP" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> file for " +#~ "more information on using PPP on Debian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Läs filen <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> för " +#~ "mer information om hur man använder PPP i Debian." + +#~ msgid "Setting Up PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" +#~ msgstr "Ställa in PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)" + +#~ msgid "Configuring APT" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurera APT" + +#~ msgid "Configuring Network Package Sources" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurera paketkällor på nätverket" + +#~ msgid "Package Installation" +#~ msgstr "Paketinstallation" + +#~ msgid "Advanced Package Selection with <command>aptitude</command>" +#~ msgstr "Avancerade paketval med <command>aptitude</command>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<command>Aptitude</command> is a modern program for managing packages. " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> allows you to select individual packages, set " +#~ "of packages matching given criteria (for advanced users), or whole tasks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<command>Aptitude</command> är ett modernt program för att hantera paket. " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> låter dig att välja individuella paket, " +#~ "paketuppsättningar som matchar angivna kriterier (för avancerade " +#~ "användare) eller kompletta uppgifter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The most basic keybindings are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> " +#~ "<thead> <row> <entry>Key</entry><entry>Action</entry> </row> </thead> " +#~ "<tbody> <row> <entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>Move selection up or down.</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</" +#~ "entry> <entry>Open/collapse/activate item.</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for installation.</" +#~ "entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package " +#~ "for removal.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>Show package dependencies.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</" +#~ "keycap></entry> <entry>Actually download/install/remove packages.</entry> " +#~ "</row><row> <entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>Quit current view.</" +#~ "entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Activate " +#~ "menu.</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> For more commands " +#~ "see the online help under the <keycap>?</keycap> key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De mest vanliga tangentbindningarna är: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2" +#~ "\"> <thead> <row> <entry>Tangent</entry><entry>Åtgärd</entry> </row> </" +#~ "thead> <tbody> <row> <entry><keycap>Upp</keycap>, <keycap>Ned</keycap></" +#~ "entry> <entry>Flytta markering upp eller ned.</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry>&enterkey;</entry> <entry>Öppna/fäll in/aktivera post.</entry> </" +#~ "row><row> <entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>Markera paket för " +#~ "installation.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>Markera paket för borttagning.</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> <entry>Visa paketets beroenden.</entry> " +#~ "</row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></entry> <entry>Verkställ " +#~ "nedladdning/installation/borttagning av paket.</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>Stäng nuvarande vy.</entry> </" +#~ "row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Aktivera meny.</" +#~ "entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> För flera kommandon, se " +#~ "onlinehjälpen under <keycap>?</keycap>-tangenten." + +#~ msgid "Settings for the X Server" +#~ msgstr "Inställningar för X-servern" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The mouse device should be set to <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." +#~ msgstr "Musenheten bör sättas till <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." + +#~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurera din mailserver (MTA)" + +#~ msgid "internet site" +#~ msgstr "internetsystem" + +#~ msgid "mail sent by smarthost" +#~ msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" + +#~ msgid "local delivery only" +#~ msgstr "endast lokal leverans" + +#~ msgid "no configuration at this time" +#~ msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" diff --git a/po/sv/install-methods.po b/po/sv/install-methods.po index b6df35777..8c53c15db 100755 --- a/po/sv/install-methods.po +++ b/po/sv/install-methods.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: install-methods\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-17 14:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,26 +28,91 @@ msgstr "Officiella &debian; cd-rom-uppsättningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:13 #, no-c-format -msgid "By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." -msgstr "Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD-leverantörer</ulink>). Du kan också ladda ner cd-avbildningar från en Debian-spegel och göra din egna uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-brännare (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian cd-avbildningar</ulink> för detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa till <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se till att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata skivor in och ut. " +msgid "" +"By far the easiest way to install &debian; is from an Official Debian CD-ROM " +"Set. You can buy a set from a vendor (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-" +"vendors;\">CD vendors page</ulink>). You may also download the CD-ROM images " +"from a Debian mirror and make your own set, if you have a fast network " +"connection and a CD burner (see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD " +"page</ulink> for detailed instructions). If you have a Debian CD set and CDs " +"are bootable on your machine, you can skip right to <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"installer\"/>; much effort has been expended to ensure the files most people " +"need are there on the CD. Although a full set of binary packages requires " +"several CDs, it is unlikely you will need packages on the third CD and " +"above. You may also consider using the DVD version, which saves a lot of " +"space on your shelf and you avoid the CD shuffling marathon." +msgstr "" +"Det klart enklaste sättet att installera &debian; är från en officiell " +"uppsättning av Debians cd-skivor. Du kan köpa uppsättningen från en " +"leverantör (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd-vendors;\">CD-leverantörer</" +"ulink>). Du kan också ladda ner cd-avbildningar från en Debian-spegel och " +"göra din egna uppsättning, om du har en snabb nätverksanslutning och en cd-" +"brännare (se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian cd-avbildningar</ulink> " +"för detaljerade instruktioner). Om du har en uppsättning av Debians cd-" +"skivor och möjligheten att starta upp din dator på en cd-skiva kan du hoppa " +"till <xref linkend=\"boot-installer\"/>; mycket jobb har lagts ner på att se " +"till att filer som de flesta behöver finns på cd-skivan. Även om en full " +"uppsättning av binära paket kräver många cd-skivor är det ovanligt att du " +"behöver paket på tredje cd-skivan och uppåt. Du kan också använda dvd-" +"versionen som sparar en hel del plats på din bokhylla och du slipper mata " +"skivor in och ut. " #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:30 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same directories and subdirectories on your CD." -msgstr "Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-uppsättning kan du använda en alternativt strategi såsom <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in kärnan från en cd för att initiellt starta upp system installeraren. Filerna du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt finns också på cd:n; organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-mappen är identisk. När filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella filer du behöver du uppstart kan du leta efter dessa filer i samma kataloger och underkataloger på din cd." +msgid "" +"If your machine doesn't support CD booting, but you do have a CD set, you " +"can use an alternative strategy such as <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-" +"boot\">floppy disk,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">tape, emulated tape,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-" +"tftp\">net boot,</phrase> or manually loading the kernel from the CD to " +"initially boot the system installer. The files you need for booting by " +"another means are also on the CD; the Debian network archive and CD folder " +"organization are identical. So when archive file paths are given below for " +"particular files you need for booting, look for those files in the same " +"directories and subdirectories on your CD." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskin inte har stöd för uppstart på cd-skiva men du har en cd-" +"uppsättning kan du använda en alternativt strategi såsom <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-floppy-boot\">startdiskett,</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">band, " +"emulerade band,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-tftp\">nätuppstart,</phrase> eller manuellt läsa in " +"kärnan från en cd för att initiellt starta upp system installeraren. Filerna " +"du behöver för att starta upp på annat sätt finns också på cd:n; " +"organiseringen av Debians nätverksarkiv och cd-mappen är identisk. När " +"filsökvägar i arkivet anges nedan för speciella filer du behöver du uppstart " +"kan du leta efter dessa filer i samma kataloger och underkataloger på din cd." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files it needs from the CD." -msgstr "Nät installeraren har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna den behöver från cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"Once the installer is booted, it will be able to obtain all the other files " +"it needs from the CD." +msgstr "" +"Nät installeraren har startat upp kan den hämta de andra filerna den behöver " +"från cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:57 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." -msgstr "Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du ladda ner systemfiler för installeraren och placera de på <phrase arch=\"s390\">installationsband</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">diskett eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan användas för att starta upp installeraren." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a CD set, then you will need to download the installer " +"system files and place them on the <phrase arch=\"s390\">installation tape</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">floppy disk or</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hard disk or</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"bootable-usb\">usb stick or</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-tftp\">a " +"connected computer</phrase> so they can be used to boot the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte har en cd-uppsättning behöver du ladda ner systemfiler för " +"installeraren och placera de på <phrase arch=\"s390\">installationsband</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\">diskett eller</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"bootable-disk\">hårddisk eller</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"bootable-usb\">usb-minne eller</phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-tftp\">en ansluten dator</phrase> så att de kan användas för att " +"starta upp installeraren." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:83 @@ -58,14 +123,22 @@ msgstr "Ladda ner filer från Debian-speglar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:85 #, no-c-format -msgid "To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." -msgstr "För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">lista av Debian-speglar</ulink>." +msgid "" +"To find the nearest (and thus probably the fastest) mirror, see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För att hitta den närmaste (och kanske även den snabbaste) spegeln, se " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">lista av Debian-speglar</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:90 #, no-c-format -msgid "When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." -msgstr "När filer laddas ned från en Debian-spegel bör du se till att ladda ner filerna i <emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." +msgid "" +"When downloading files from a Debian mirror, be sure to download the files " +"in <emphasis>binary</emphasis> mode, not text or automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"När filer laddas ned från en Debian-spegel bör du se till att ladda ner " +"filerna i <emphasis>binärt</emphasis> läge, inte text eller automatiskt läge." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:99 @@ -76,8 +149,18 @@ msgstr "Var man finner installationsavbildningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:101 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image and its purpose." -msgstr "Installationsavbildningarna finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och dess funktion." +msgid "" +"The installation images are located on each Debian mirror in the directory " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> lists each image " +"and its purpose." +msgstr "" +"Installationsavbildningarna finns på varje Debian-spegel i katalogen <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-installer;/images\">debian/dists/&releasename;/main/" +"installer-&architecture;/current/images/</ulink> — <ulink url=\"&url-" +"debian-installer;/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> listar varje avbild och " +"dess funktion." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:113 @@ -88,19 +171,44 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för Alpha" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the <filename>MILO</filename> directory as <filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." -msgstr "Om du väljer att starta från ARC-konsollens firmware med <command>MILO</command> behöver du att förbereda en disk som innehåller <command>MILO</command> och <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> från den angivna diskavbilden. Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> för mer information om Alpha-firmware och uppstartsladdare. Diskettavbilder kan hittas i katalogen <filename>MILO</filename> som <filename>milo_<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you choose to boot from ARC console firmware using <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will also need to prepare a disk containing <command>MILO</" +"command> and <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> from the provided disk images. " +"See <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> for more information on Alpha " +"firmware and boot loaders. The floppy images can be found in the " +"<filename>MILO</filename> directory as " +"<filename>milo_<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>.bin</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att starta från ARC-konsollens firmware med <command>MILO</" +"command> behöver du att förbereda en disk som innehåller <command>MILO</" +"command> och <command>LINLOAD.EXE</command> från den angivna diskavbilden. " +"Se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/> för mer information om Alpha-firmware " +"och uppstartsladdare. Diskettavbilder kan hittas i katalogen <filename>MILO</" +"filename> som <filename>milo_<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable>.bin</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:125 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, these <command>MILO</command> images could not be tested and " +"might not work for all subarchitectures. If you find it doesn't work for " +"you, try copying the appropriate <command>MILO</command> binary onto the " +"floppy (<ulink url=\"&disturlftp;main/disks-alpha/current/MILO/\"></ulink>). " +"Note that those <command>MILO</command>s don't support ext2 <quote>sparse " +"superblocks</quote>, so you can't use them to load kernels from newly " +"generated ext2 file systems. As a workaround, you can put your kernel onto " +"the FAT partition next to the <command>MILO</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image for your Alpha platform." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> binaries are platform-specific. See <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-cpus\"/> to determine the appropriate <command>MILO</command> image " +"for your Alpha platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -112,7 +220,11 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för RiscPC" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:153 #, no-c-format -msgid "The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." +msgid "" +"The RiscPC installer is booted initially from RISC OS. All the necessary " +"files are provided in one Zip archive, &rpc-install-kit;. Download this file " +"onto the RISC OS machine, copy the <filename>linloader.!Boot</filename> " +"components into place, and run <filename>!dInstall</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -124,7 +236,9 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för NetWinder" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:166 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to boot a NetWinder is over the network, using the supplied TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to boot a NetWinder is over the network, using the supplied " +"TFTP image &netwinder-boot-img;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -136,7 +250,10 @@ msgstr "Installationsfiler för CATS" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:176 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only supported boot method for CATS is to use the combined image &cats-boot-img;. This can be loaded from any device accessible to the Cyclone bootloader." +msgid "" +"The only supported boot method for CATS is to use the combined image &cats-" +"boot-img;. This can be loaded from any device accessible to the Cyclone " +"bootloader." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -148,13 +265,20 @@ msgstr "Välja en kärna" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:223 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Some m68k subarchs have a choice of kernels to install. In general we " +"recommend trying the most recent version first. If your subarch or machine " +"needs to use a 2.2.x kernel, make sure you choose one of the images that " +"supports 2.2.x kernels (see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-" +"&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel parameter &ramdisksize;." +msgid "" +"All of the m68k images for use with 2.2.x kernels, require the kernel " +"parameter &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -166,7 +290,15 @@ msgstr "Skapa ett IPL-band" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:252 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>," +msgid "" +"If you can't boot (IPL) from the CD-ROM and you are not using VM you need to " +"create an IPL tape first. This is described in section 3.4.3 in the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux " +"for IBM eServer zSeries and S/390: Distributions</ulink> Redbook. The files " +"you need to write to the tape are (in this order): <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename>, <filename>parmfile.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</" +"filename>. The files can be downloaded from the <filename>tape</filename> " +"sub-directory, see <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>," msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -178,7 +310,9 @@ msgstr "Skapa startdisketter från diskettavbildningar" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:277 #, no-c-format -msgid "Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." +msgid "" +"Bootable floppy disks are generally used as a last resort to boot the " +"installer on hardware that cannot boot from CD or by other means." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -196,19 +330,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data from the file onto the floppy." +msgid "" +"Disk images are files containing the complete contents of a floppy disk in " +"<emphasis>raw</emphasis> form. Disk images, such as <filename>boot.img</" +"filename>, cannot simply be copied to floppy drives. A special program is " +"used to write the image files to floppy disk in <emphasis>raw</emphasis> " +"mode. This is required because these images are raw representations of the " +"disk; it is required to do a <emphasis>sector copy</emphasis> of the data " +"from the file onto the floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:302 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images, which depend on your platform. This section describes how to create floppies from disk images on different platforms." +msgid "" +"There are different techniques for creating floppies from disk images, which " +"depend on your platform. This section describes how to create floppies from " +"disk images on different platforms." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:308 #, no-c-format -msgid "No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." +msgid "" +"No matter which method you use to create your floppies, you should remember " +"to flip the write-protect tab on the floppies once you have written them, to " +"ensure they are not damaged unintentionally." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -221,21 +368,52 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildning från ett Linux eller Unix-system" #: install-methods.xml:317 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; sync\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is <filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the manual page)</phrase>." +"To write the floppy disk image files to the floppy disks, you will probably " +"need root access to the system. Place a good, blank floppy in the floppy " +"drive. Next, use the command <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ dd if=<replaceable>filename</replaceable> of=/dev/fd0 bs=1024 conv=sync ; " +"sync\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is one " +"of the floppy disk image files (see <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/> " +"for what <replaceable>filename</replaceable> should be). <filename>/dev/fd0</" +"filename> is a commonly used name of the floppy disk device, it may be " +"different on your workstation <phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, it is " +"<filename>/dev/fd/0</filename>)</phrase>. The command may return to the " +"prompt before Unix has finished writing the floppy disk, so look for the " +"disk-in-use light on the floppy drive and be sure that the light is out and " +"the disk has stopped revolving before you remove it from the drive. On some " +"systems, you'll have to run a command to eject the floppy from the drive " +"<phrase arch=\"sparc\">(on Solaris, use <command>eject</command>, see the " +"manual page)</phrase>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:341 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where <replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name <filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system administrator. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Some systems attempt to automatically mount a floppy disk when you place it " +"in the drive. You might have to disable this feature before the workstation " +"will allow you to write a floppy in <emphasis>raw mode</emphasis>. " +"Unfortunately, how to accomplish this will vary based on your operating " +"system. <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> On Solaris, you can work around volume " +"management to get raw access to the floppy. First, make sure that the floppy " +"is auto-mounted (using <command>volcheck</command> or the equivalent command " +"in the file manager). Then use a <command>dd</command> command of the form " +"given above, just replace <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> with <filename>/vol/" +"rdsk/<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable></filename>, where " +"<replaceable>floppy_name</replaceable> is the name the floppy disk was given " +"when it was formatted (unnamed floppies default to the name " +"<filename>unnamed_floppy</filename>). On other systems, ask your system " +"administrator. </phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:362 #, no-c-format -msgid "If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The <command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to install it." +msgid "" +"If writing a floppy on powerpc Linux, you will need to eject it. The " +"<command>eject</command> program handles this nicely; you might need to " +"install it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -247,26 +425,48 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildning från DOS, Windows eller OS/2" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:382 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have access to an i386 machine, you can use one of the following programs to copy images to floppies." +msgid "" +"If you have access to an i386 machine, you can use one of the following " +"programs to copy images to floppies." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:387 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." -msgstr "Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan användas under MS-DOS. För att använda dessa program måste du se till att du har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-prompten i Windows eller att dubbelklicka på dessa program från Utforskaren i Windows kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." +msgid "" +"The <command>rawrite1</command> and <command>rawrite2</command> programs can " +"be used under MS-DOS. To use these programs, first make sure that you are " +"booted into DOS. Trying to use these programs from within a DOS box in " +"Windows, or double-clicking on these programs from the Windows Explorer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> expected to work." +msgstr "" +"Programmen <command>rawrite1</command> och <command>rawrite2</command> kan " +"användas under MS-DOS. För att använda dessa program måste du se till att du " +"har startat upp i DOS. Försök att använda dessa program från DOS-prompten i " +"Windows eller att dubbelklicka på dessa program från Utforskaren i Windows " +"kommer <emphasis>inte</emphasis> att fungera." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:395 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio.dll in the same directory." -msgstr "Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." +msgid "" +"The <command>rwwrtwin</command> program runs on Windows 95, NT, 98, 2000, " +"ME, XP and probably later versions. To use it you will need to unpack diskio." +"dll in the same directory." +msgstr "" +"Programmet <command>rwwrtwin</command> kan köras på Windows 95, NT, 98, " +"2000, ME, XP och antagligen senare versioner. För att använda det behöver du " +"packa upp diskio.dll i samma katalog." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:401 #, no-c-format -msgid "These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/tools</filename> directory." -msgstr "Dessa verktyg kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under katalogen <filename>/tools</filename>." +msgid "" +"These tools can be found on the Official Debian CD-ROMs under the <filename>/" +"tools</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"Dessa verktyg kan hittas på de officiella Debian cd-skivorna under katalogen " +"<filename>/tools</filename>." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:414 @@ -277,8 +477,16 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildning på Atari-system" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:415 #, no-c-format -msgid "You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at the TOS program command line dialog box." -msgstr "Du kan hitta programmet &rawwrite.ttp; i samma katalog som diskettavbilderna. Starta programmet genom att dubbelklicka på programikonen och ange namnet på diskettavbilden du vill skriva till disketten i dialogrutan för TOS-programmets kommandorad." +msgid "" +"You'll find the &rawwrite.ttp; program in the same directory as the floppy " +"disk images. Start the program by double clicking on the program icon, and " +"type in the name of the floppy image file you want written to the floppy at " +"the TOS program command line dialog box." +msgstr "" +"Du kan hitta programmet &rawwrite.ttp; i samma katalog som " +"diskettavbilderna. Starta programmet genom att dubbelklicka på programikonen " +"och ange namnet på diskettavbilden du vill skriva till disketten i " +"dialogrutan för TOS-programmets kommandorad." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:426 @@ -289,8 +497,18 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildning på Macintosh-system" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system and modules, later in the process." -msgstr "Det finns ingen applikation för MacOS för att skriva avbilder till disketter (och det vore ingen mening att göra detta eftersom du inte kan använda disketter för att starta upp installationssystemet eller installera kärnan och moduler från en Macintosh). Dock behövs dessa filer för installationen av operativsystem och moduler senare i processen." +msgid "" +"There is no MacOS application to write images to floppy disks (and there " +"would be no point in doing this as you can't use these floppies to boot the " +"installation system or install kernel and modules from on Macintosh). " +"However, these files are needed for the installation of the operating system " +"and modules, later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ingen applikation för MacOS för att skriva avbilder till disketter " +"(och det vore ingen mening att göra detta eftersom du inte kan använda " +"disketter för att starta upp installationssystemet eller installera kärnan " +"och moduler från en Macintosh). Dock behövs dessa filer för installationen " +"av operativsystem och moduler senare i processen." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:445 @@ -301,13 +519,25 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildning från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:446 #, no-c-format -msgid "An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write the file image to it." +msgid "" +"An AppleScript, <application>Make Debian Floppy</application>, is available " +"for burning floppies from the provided disk image files. It can be " +"downloaded from <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp2.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/d/de/" +"debian-imac/MakeDebianFloppy.sit\"></ulink>. To use it, just unstuff it on " +"your desktop, and then drag any floppy image file to it. You must have " +"Applescript installed and enabled in your extensions manager. Disk Copy will " +"ask you to confirm that you wish to erase the floppy and proceed to write " +"the file image to it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:457 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." +msgid "" +"You can also use the MacOS utility <command>Disk Copy</command> directly, or " +"the freeware utility <command>suntar</command>. The <filename>root.bin</" +"filename> file is an example of a floppy image. Use one of the following " +"methods to create a floppy from the floppy image with these utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -319,37 +549,59 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildning med <command>Disk Copy</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." +msgid "" +"If you are creating the floppy image from files which were originally on the " +"official &debian; CD, then the Type and Creator are already set correctly. " +"The following <command>Creator-Changer</command> steps are only necessary if " +"you downloaded the image files from a Debian mirror." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:478 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." +msgid "" +"Obtain <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-creator-changer;\">Creator-Changer</ulink> " +"and use it to open the <filename>root.bin</filename> file." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:485 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive for these fields." +msgid "" +"Change the Creator to <userinput>ddsk</userinput> (Disk Copy), and the Type " +"to <userinput>DDim</userinput> (binary floppy image). The case is sensitive " +"for these fields." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:492 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and <quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally mounted." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Important:</emphasis> In the Finder, use <userinput>Get Info</" +"userinput> to display the Finder information about the floppy image, and " +"<quote>X</quote> the <userinput>File Locked</userinput> check box so that " +"MacOS will be unable to remove the boot blocks if the image is accidentally " +"mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:501 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-diskcopy;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>Disk Copy</command>; if you have a MacOS system or CD it " +"will very likely be there already, otherwise try <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-" +"diskcopy;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:508 #, no-c-format -msgid "Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." +msgid "" +"Run <command>Disk Copy</command>, and select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Utilities</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Make a Floppy</guimenuitem> </" +"menuchoice>, then select the <emphasis>locked</emphasis> image file from the " +"resulting dialog. It will ask you to insert a floppy, then ask if you really " +"want to erase it. When done it should eject the floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -361,31 +613,44 @@ msgstr "Skriva diskettavbildning med <command>suntar</command>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:527 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select <quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> menu." +msgid "" +"Obtain <command>suntar</command> from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-suntar;\"> </" +"ulink>. Start the <command>suntar</command> program and select " +"<quote>Overwrite Sectors...</quote> from the <userinput>Special</userinput> " +"menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:535 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." +msgid "" +"Insert the floppy disk as requested, then hit &enterkey; (start at sector 0)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:541 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." +msgid "" +"Select the <filename>root.bin</filename> file in the file-opening dialog." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:546 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try another." +msgid "" +"After the floppy has been created successfully, select <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If " +"there are any errors writing the floppy, simply toss that floppy and try " +"another." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:554 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will helpfully ruin it." +msgid "" +"Before using the floppy you created, <emphasis>set the write protect tab</" +"emphasis>! Otherwise if you accidentally mount it in MacOS, MacOS will " +"helpfully ruin it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -397,14 +662,25 @@ msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:575 #, no-c-format -msgid "For preparing the USB stick you will need a system where GNU/Linux is already running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-storage kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</userinput>) and try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been mapped to (in this example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write to your stick, you will probably have to turn off its write protection switch." +msgid "" +"For preparing the USB stick you will need a system where GNU/Linux is " +"already running and where USB is supported. You should ensure that the usb-" +"storage kernel module is loaded (<userinput>modprobe usb-storage</" +"userinput>) and try to find out which SCSI device the USB stick has been " +"mapped to (in this example <filename>/dev/sda</filename> is used). To write " +"to your stick, you will probably have to turn off its write protection " +"switch." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:585 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note, that the USB stick should be at least 128 MB in size (smaller setups are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." -msgstr "Notera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 128 MB stort (mindre installationer är möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Note, that the USB stick should be at least 128 MB in size (smaller setups " +"are possible if you follow <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Notera att USB-minnet bör vara minst 128 MB stort (mindre installationer är " +"möjliga om du följer <xref linkend=\"usb-copy-flexible\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:593 @@ -415,7 +691,11 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det lätta sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:594 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to extract it directly to your USB stick:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>SYSLINUX</command> and its configuration file. You only have to " +"extract it directly to your USB stick:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -427,7 +707,13 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:603 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as <command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly to that:" +msgid "" +"There is an all-in-one file <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> which " +"contains all the installer files (including the kernel) as well as " +"<command>yaboot</command> and its configuration file. Create a partition of " +"type \"Apple_Bootstrap\" on your USB stick using <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command>'s <userinput>C</userinput> command and extract the image directly " +"to that:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -439,13 +725,22 @@ msgstr "# zcat boot.img.gz > /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:615 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." +msgid "" +"Using this method will destroy anything already on the device. Make sure " +"that you use the correct device name for your USB stick." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:621 #, no-c-format -msgid "After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=\"i386\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"i386\">a FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." +msgid "" +"After that, mount the USB memory stick (<userinput>mount <replaceable arch=" +"\"i386\">/dev/sda</replaceable> <replaceable arch=\"powerpc\">/dev/sda2</" +"replaceable> /mnt</userinput>), which will now have <phrase arch=\"i386\">a " +"FAT filesystem</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an HFS filesystem</phrase> " +"on it, and copy a Debian netinst or businesscard ISO image to it. Please " +"note that the file name must end in <filename>.iso</filename>. Unmount the " +"stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and you are done." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -457,12 +752,13 @@ msgstr "Kopiera filerna — det flexibla sättet" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:638 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you should use the following method to put the files on your stick." +msgid "" +"If you like more flexibility or just want to know what's going on, you " +"should use the following method to put the files on your stick." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:650 -#: install-methods.xml:746 +#: install-methods.xml:650 install-methods.xml:742 #, no-c-format msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "Partitionering av USB-minne på &arch-title;" @@ -470,118 +766,174 @@ msgstr "Partitionering av USB-minne på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:651 #, no-c-format -msgid "We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, instead of the entire device." +msgid "" +"We will show how to setup the memory stick to use the first partition, " +"instead of the entire device." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool for creating a FAT16 partition and then create the filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " +"probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " +"that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other partitioning tool " +"for creating a FAT16 partition and then create the filesystem using: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:670 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. Although any boot loader (e.g. <command>LILO</" +"command>) should work, it's convenient to use <command>SYSLINUX</command>, " +"since it uses a FAT16 partition and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the FAT file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:680 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To put <command>SYSLINUX</command> on the FAT16 partition on your USB stick, " +"install the <classname>syslinux</classname> and <classname>mtools</" +"classname> packages on your system, and do: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# syslinux /dev/<replaceable>sda1</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader code." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be mounted when starting <command>SYSLINUX</" +"command>. This procedure writes a boot sector to the partition and creates " +"the file <filename>ldlinux.sys</filename> which contains the boot loader " +"code." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:693 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> (SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS (8.3) file names." +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda1 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary) </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk " +"image) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> " +"(SYSLINUX configuration file) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Optional " +"kernel modules </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> If you want to rename the " +"files, please note that <command>SYSLINUX</command> can only process DOS " +"(8.3) file names." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default vmlinuz\n" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> If the boot fails, you can try adding <userinput>devfs=mount,dall</userinput> to the <quote>append</quote> line. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:747 +#: install-methods.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " +"can boot from them, so you will need to repartition the stick. On Mac " +"systems, run <userinput>mac-fdisk /dev/sda</userinput>, initialise a new " +"partition map using the <userinput>i</userinput> command, and create a new " +"partition of type Apple_Bootstrap using the <userinput>C</userinput> " +"command. (Note that the first \"partition\" will always be the partition map " +"itself.) Then type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hformat /dev/<replaceable>sda2</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." +"</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device name " +"for your USB stick. The <command>hformat</command> command is contained in " +"the <classname>hfsutils</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:763 +#: install-methods.xml:759 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." +msgid "" +"In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " +"boot loader on the stick. The <command>yaboot</command> boot loader can be " +"installed on an HFS filesystem and can be reconfigured by just editing a " +"text file. Any operating system which supports the HFS file system can be " +"used to make changes to the configuration of the boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:772 +#: install-methods.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" +"command> does not yet understand USB storage devices, so you will have to " +"install <command>yaboot</command> by hand using the <classname>hfsutils</" +"classname> tools. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" "$ hmount /dev/sda2\n" "$ hcopy -r /usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot :\n" "$ hattrib -c UNIX -t tbxi :yaboot\n" "$ hattrib -b :\n" "$ humount\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix utilities." +"</screen></informalexample> Again, take care that you use the correct device " +"name. The partition must not be otherwise mounted during this procedure. " +"This procedure writes the boot loader to the partition, and uses the HFS " +"utilities to mark it in such a way that Open Firmware will boot it. Having " +"done this, the rest of the USB stick may be prepared using the normal Unix " +"utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:788 +#: install-methods.xml:784 #, no-c-format -msgid "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" +msgid "" +"Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " +"the following files from the Debian archives to the stick:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:794 +#: install-methods.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (kärn-binär)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:799 +#: install-methods.xml:795 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initiell ramdisk-avbild)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:804 +#: install-methods.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboot configuration file)" msgstr "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboots konfigurationsfil)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:809 +#: install-methods.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (optional boot message)" msgstr "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (valfritt uppstartsmeddelande)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:814 +#: install-methods.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Optional kernel modules" msgstr "Valfria kärnmoduler" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:821 +#: install-methods.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "default=install\n" "root=/dev/ram\n" "\n" @@ -590,275 +942,403 @@ msgid "" "image=/vmlinux\n" " label=install\n" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" -" initrd-size=10000<phrase condition=\"sarge\">\n" -" append=\"devfs=mount,dall --\"</phrase>\n" +" initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you are booting." +"</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" +"userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " +"are booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:836 +#: install-methods.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Adding an ISO image" msgstr "Lägga till en ISO-avbild" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:837 +#: install-methods.xml:833 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now you should put any Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a full one) onto your stick (if it fits). The file name of such an image must end in <filename>.iso</filename>." +msgid "" +"Now you should put any Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a " +"full one) onto your stick (if it fits). The file name of such an image must " +"end in <filename>.iso</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:843 +#: install-methods.xml:839 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." +msgid "" +"If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " +"will of course skip the previous step. Moreover you will have to use the " +"initial ramdisk from the <filename>netboot</filename> directory instead of " +"the one from <filename>hd-media</filename>, because <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename> does not have network support." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:852 +#: install-methods.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." +msgid "" +"When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" +"userinput>) and activate its write protection switch." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:862 +#: install-methods.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting the USB stick" msgstr "Starta upp på USB-minne" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:863 +#: install-methods.xml:859 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" +msgid "" +"If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " +"an invalid master boot record (MBR). To fix this, use the <command>install-" +"mbr</command> command from the package <classname>mbr</classname>:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: install-methods.xml:870 +#: install-methods.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" msgstr "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:882 +#: install-methods.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for Hard Disk Booting" msgstr "Förbereda filer för uppstart med hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:883 +#: install-methods.xml:879 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." +msgid "" +"The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " +"drive partition, either launched from another operating system or by " +"invoking a boot loader directly from the BIOS." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:889 +#: install-methods.xml:885 #, no-c-format -msgid "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy disks." +msgid "" +"A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " +"technique. This avoids all hassles of removable media, like finding and " +"burning CD images or struggling with too numerous and unreliable floppy " +"disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:896 +#: install-methods.xml:892 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an NTFS file system." msgstr "Installeraren kan inte starta upp från filer på ett NTFS-filsystem." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:900 +#: install-methods.xml:896 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System 8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as <userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say <userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the installation files you download." +msgid "" +"The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " +"8.1 and above may use HFS+ file systems; NewWorld PowerMacs all use HFS+. To " +"determine whether your existing file system is HFS+, select <userinput>Get " +"Info</userinput> for the volume in question. HFS file systems appear as " +"<userinput>Mac OS Standard</userinput>, while HFS+ file systems say " +"<userinput>Mac OS Extended</userinput>. You must have an HFS partition in " +"order to exchange files between MacOS and Linux, in particular the " +"installation files you download." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:911 +#: install-methods.xml:907 #, no-c-format -msgid "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an <quote>OldWorld</quote> model." +msgid "" +"Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " +"depending on whether the system is a <quote>NewWorld</quote> or an " +"<quote>OldWorld</quote> model." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:920 +#: install-methods.xml:916 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" +"command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:922 +#: install-methods.xml:918 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " +"installation using either <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:928 +#: install-methods.xml:924 #, no-c-format -msgid "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-system by the kernel." +msgid "" +"At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " +"kernel, but also a disk image. This RAM disk can be used as the root file-" +"system by the kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:934 +#: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format -msgid "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." +msgid "" +"Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " +"on your hard drive, for instance to <filename>/boot/newinstall/</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:941 +#: install-methods.xml:937 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kärn-binär)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:946 +#: install-methods.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdisk-avbild)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:953 +#: install-methods.xml:949 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" +"\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:963 +#: install-methods.xml:959 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for OldWorld Macs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:964 +#: install-methods.xml:960 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. <application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is required on that model." +msgid "" +"The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" +"application> to launch Linux installation, but <application>miBoot</" +"application> cannot easily be used for hard disk booting. " +"<application>BootX</application>, launched from MacOS, supports booting from " +"files placed on the hard disk. <application>BootX</application> can also be " +"used to dual-boot MacOS and Linux after your Debian installation is " +"complete. For the Performa 6360, it appears that <command>quik</command> " +"cannot make the hard disk bootable. So <application>BootX</application> is " +"required on that model." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:977 +#: install-methods.xml:973 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the <filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use <application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the active System Folder." +msgid "" +"Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " +"available from <ulink url=\"&url-powerpc-bootx;\"></ulink>, or in the " +"<filename>dists/woody/main/disks-powerpc/current/powermac</filename> " +"directory on Debian http/ftp mirrors and official Debian CDs. Use " +"<application>Stuffit Expander</application> to extract it from its archive. " +"Within the package, there is an empty folder called <filename>Linux Kernels</" +"filename>. Download <filename>linux.bin</filename> and <filename>ramdisk." +"image.gz</filename> from the <filename>disks-powerpc/current/powermac</" +"filename> folder, and place them in the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> " +"folder. Then place the <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> folder in the " +"active System Folder." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:997 +#: install-methods.xml:993 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for NewWorld Macs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:998 +#: install-methods.xml:994 #, no-c-format -msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." +msgid "" +"NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " +"well as loading ELF binaries directly from the hard disk. These machines " +"will boot Linux directly via <command>yaboot</command>, which supports " +"loading a kernel and RAMdisk directly from an ext2 partition, as well as " +"dual-booting with MacOS. Hard disk booting of the installer is particularly " +"appropriate for newer machines without floppy drives. <command>BootX</" +"command> is not supported and must not be used on NewWorld PowerMacs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1009 +#: install-methods.xml:1005 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging each file to the hard drive icon)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " +"downloaded earlier from the Debian archives, onto the root level of your " +"hard drive (this can be accomplished by <keycap>option</keycap>-dragging " +"each file to the hard drive icon)." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1019 +#: install-methods.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinux" msgstr "vmlinux" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1024 +#: install-methods.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.gz" msgstr "initrd.gz" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1029 +#: install-methods.xml:1025 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot" msgstr "yaboot" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1034 +#: install-methods.xml:1030 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot.conf" msgstr "yaboot.conf" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1039 +#: install-methods.xml:1035 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can use the L command to check for the partition number. You will need this partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when you boot the installer." +msgid "" +"Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " +"these files. If you have the MacOS <command>pdisk</command> program, you can " +"use the L command to check for the partition number. You will need this " +"partition number for the command you type at the Open Firmware prompt when " +"you boot the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1047 +#: install-methods.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1060 +#: install-methods.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for TFTP Net Booting" msgstr "Förbered filerna för nätverksuppstart via TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1061 +#: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine configured to support booting of your specific machine." +msgid "" +"If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " +"boot it over the network from another machine, using TFTP. If you intend to " +"boot the installation system from another machine, the boot files will need " +"to be placed in specific locations on that machine, and the machine " +"configured to support booting of your specific machine." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1069 +#: install-methods.xml:1065 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server <phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." +msgid "" +"You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">, or RARP server</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"supports-dhcp\">, or DHCP server</phrase>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1075 +#: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be configured via DHCP. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " +"(RARP) is one way to tell your client what IP address to use for itself. " +"Another way is to use the BOOTP protocol. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-bootp\">BOOTP is an IP protocol that informs a computer of its IP " +"address and where on the network to obtain a boot image. </phrase> <phrase " +"arch=\"m68k\"> Yet another alternative exists on VMEbus systems: the IP " +"address can be manually configured in boot ROM. </phrase> <phrase condition=" +"\"supports-dhcp\">The DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a more " +"flexible, backwards-compatible extension of BOOTP. Some systems can only be " +"configured via DHCP. </phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1092 +#: install-methods.xml:1088 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to boot using BOOTP." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " +"idea to use DHCP instead of BOOTP. Some of the latest machines are unable to " +"boot using BOOTP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1098 +#: install-methods.xml:1094 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM console." +msgid "" +"Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " +"console will <emphasis>not</emphasis> use RARP to obtain its IP address, and " +"therefore you must use BOOTP for net booting your Alpha<footnote> <para> " +"Alpha systems can also be net-booted using the DECNet MOP (Maintenance " +"Operations Protocol), but this is not covered here. Presumably, your local " +"OpenVMS operator will be happy to assist you should you have some burning " +"need to use MOP to boot Linux on your Alpha. </para> </footnote>. You can " +"also enter the IP configuration for network interfaces directly in the SRM " +"console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1115 +#: install-methods.xml:1111 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." +msgid "" +"Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " +"is an <classname>rbootd</classname> package available in Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1120 +#: install-methods.xml:1116 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " +"the client. Theoretically, any server, on any platform, which implements " +"these protocols, may be used. In the examples in this section, we shall " +"provide commands for SunOS 4.x, SunOS 5.x (a.k.a. Solaris), and GNU/Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1128 +#: install-methods.xml:1124 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a &debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." +msgid "" +"To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " +"will need a TFTP server with <userinput>tsize</userinput> support. On a " +"&debian; server, the <classname>atftpd</classname> and <classname>tftpd-hpa</" +"classname> packages qualify; we recommend <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1146 +#: install-methods.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "Konfigurering av RARP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1147 +#: install-methods.xml:1143 #, no-c-format -msgid "To setup RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput>." +msgid "" +"To setup RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " +"address) of the client computers to be installed. If you don't know this " +"information, you can <phrase arch=\"sparc\"> pick it off the initial " +"OpenPROM boot messages, use the OpenBoot <userinput>.enet-addr</userinput> " +"command, or </phrase> boot into <quote>Rescue</quote> mode (e.g., from the " +"rescue floppy) and use the command <userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</" +"userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1159 +#: install-methods.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate the kernel's RARP table. To do this, run the following commands: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate the " +"kernel's RARP table. To do this, run the following commands: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# <userinput>/sbin/rarp -s\n" "<replaceable>client-hostname</replaceable>\n" "<replaceable>client-enet-addr</replaceable></userinput>\n" @@ -868,40 +1348,66 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>client-enet-addr</replaceable></userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> If you get <informalexample><screen>\n" "SIOCSRARP: Invalid argument\n" -"</screen></informalexample> you probably need to load the RARP kernel module or else recompile the kernel to support RARP. Try <userinput>modprobe rarp</userinput> and then try the <command>rarp</command> command again." +"</screen></informalexample> you probably need to load the RARP kernel module " +"or else recompile the kernel to support RARP. Try <userinput>modprobe rarp</" +"userinput> and then try the <command>rarp</command> command again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1175 +#: install-methods.xml:1171 #, no-c-format -msgid "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. The procedure is similar to that used under SunOS in the following paragraph." +msgid "" +"On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, " +"and you should instead use the <command>rarpd</command> program. The " +"procedure is similar to that used under SunOS in the following paragraph." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1183 +#: install-methods.xml:1179 #, no-c-format -msgid "Under SunOS, you need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the <filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the <quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. In SunOS 4, issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</userinput>; in SunOS 5, use <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Under SunOS, you need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the " +"client is listed in the <quote>ethers</quote> database (either in the " +"<filename>/etc/ethers</filename> file, or via NIS/NIS+) and in the " +"<quote>hosts</quote> database. Then you need to start the RARP daemon. In " +"SunOS 4, issue the command (as root): <userinput>/usr/etc/rarpd -a</" +"userinput>; in SunOS 5, use <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1202 +#: install-methods.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" msgstr "Konfigurering av BOOTP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1203 +#: install-methods.xml:1199 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux, the CMU <command>bootpd</command> and the other is actually a DHCP server, ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, which are contained in the <classname>bootp</classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages in &debian;." +msgid "" +"There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux, the CMU " +"<command>bootpd</command> and the other is actually a DHCP server, ISC " +"<command>dhcpd</command>, which are contained in the <classname>bootp</" +"classname> and <classname>dhcp</classname> packages in &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1211 +#: install-methods.xml:1207 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Elsewhere, the line in question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " +"relevant line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>. On &debian;, you can " +"run <userinput>update-inetd --enable bootps</userinput>, then <userinput>/" +"etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput> to do so. Elsewhere, the line in " +"question should look like: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/sbin/bootpd bootpd -i -t 120\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now, you must create an <filename>/etc/bootptab</" +"filename> file. This has the same sort of familiar and cryptic format as the " +"good old BSD <filename>printcap</filename>, <filename>termcap</filename>, " +"and <filename>disktab</filename> files. See the <filename>bootptab</" +"filename> manual page for more information. For CMU <command>bootpd</" +"command>, you will need to know the hardware (MAC) address of the client. " +"Here is an example <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "client:\\\n" " hd=/tftpboot:\\\n" " bf=tftpboot.img:\\\n" @@ -909,26 +1415,43 @@ msgid "" " sm=255.255.255.0:\\\n" " sa=192.168.1.1:\\\n" " ha=0123456789AB:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The <quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=\"mips\"> On SGI Indys you can just enter the command monitor and type <userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> You will need to change at least the <quote>ha</" +"quote> option, which specifies the hardware address of the client. The " +"<quote>bf</quote> option specifies the file a client should retrieve via " +"TFTP; see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> for more details. <phrase arch=" +"\"mips\"> On SGI Indys you can just enter the command monitor and type " +"<userinput>printenv</userinput>. The value of the <userinput>eaddr</" +"userinput> variable is the machine's MAC address. </phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1244 +#: install-methods.xml:1240 #, no-c-format -msgid "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgid "" +"By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " +"easy, because it treats BOOTP clients as a moderately special case of DHCP " +"clients. Some architectures require a complex configuration for booting " +"clients via BOOTP. If yours is one of those, read the section <xref linkend=" +"\"dhcpd\"/>. Otherwise, you will probably be able to get away with simply " +"adding the <userinput>allow bootp</userinput> directive to the configuration " +"block for the subnet containing the client, and restart <command>dhcpd</" +"command> with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1265 +#: install-methods.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "Konfigurering av DHCP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1266 +#: install-methods.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " +"this is available in the <classname>dhcp</classname> package. Here is a " +"sample configuration file for it (usually <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.example.com;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -948,9 +1471,13 @@ msgid "" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Note: the new (and preferred) <classname>dhcp3</" +"classname> package uses <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" -"En fri programvara för DHCP-server är <command>dhcpd</command> från ISC. I &debian; är denna tillgänglig i paketet <classname>dhcp</classname>. Här är en exempelkonfiguration för den (vanligtvis <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"En fri programvara för DHCP-server är <command>dhcpd</command> från ISC. I " +"&debian; är denna tillgänglig i paketet <classname>dhcp</classname>. Här är " +"en exempelkonfiguration för den (vanligtvis <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>): <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"exempel.se\";\n" "option domain-name-servers ns1.exempel.se;\n" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n" @@ -970,31 +1497,44 @@ msgstr "" " hardware ethernet 01:23:45:67:89:AB;\n" " fixed-address 192.168.1.90;\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Notera: det nya (och föredragna) paketet <classname>dhcp3</classname> använder <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Notera: det nya (och föredragna) paketet " +"<classname>dhcp3</classname> använder <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1278 +#: install-methods.xml:1274 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, as well as the server name and client hardware address. The <replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file which will be retrieved via TFTP." +msgid "" +"In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " +"which performs all of the work of DHCP server, TFTP server, and network " +"gateway. You will almost certainly need to change the domain-name options, " +"as well as the server name and client hardware address. The " +"<replaceable>filename</replaceable> option should be the name of the file " +"which will be retrieved via TFTP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1288 +#: install-methods.xml:1284 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." -msgstr "Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgid "" +"After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " +"restart it with <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har redigerat konfigurationsfilen för <command>dhcpd</command>, " +"starta om den med <userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1296 +#: install-methods.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "Aktivera PXE-uppstart i DHCP-konfigurationen" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1297 +#: install-methods.xml:1293 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" +"boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP. <informalexample><screen>\n" "option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" "\n" "default-lease-time 600;\n" @@ -1022,251 +1562,323 @@ msgid "" " filename \"/tftpboot/pxelinux.0\";\n" " }\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename <filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see <xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that for PXE booting, the client filename " +"<filename>pxelinux.0</filename> is a boot loader, not a kernel image (see " +"<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> below)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1313 +#: install-methods.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "Aktivering av TFTP-server" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that <command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " +"<command>tftpd</command> is enabled. This is usually enabled by having " +"something like the following line in <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd in.tftpd /tftpboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up correctly by default when they are installed." +"</screen></informalexample> Debian packages will in general set this up " +"correctly by default when they are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1325 +#: install-methods.xml:1321 #, no-c-format -msgid "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " +"of <command>in.tftpd</command>; you'll need that below. The <userinput>-l</" +"userinput> argument enables some versions of <command>in.tftpd</command> to " +"log all requests to the system logs; this is useful for diagnosing boot " +"errors. If you've had to change <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, you'll " +"have to notify the running <command>inetd</command> process that the file " +"has changed. On a Debian machine, run <userinput>/etc/init.d/inetd reload</" +"userinput>; on other machines, find out the process ID for <command>inetd</" +"command>, and run <userinput>kill -HUP <replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></" +"userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1339 +#: install-methods.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your server: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " +"GNU/Linux box running Linux 2.4, you'll need to set the following on your " +"server: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_no_pmtu_disc\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the Indy's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to turn off Path MTU discovery, otherwise the " +"Indy's PROM can't download the kernel. Furthermore, make sure TFTP packets " +"are sent from a source port no greater than 32767, or the download will " +"stall after the first packet. Again, it's Linux 2.4.X tripping this bug in " +"the PROM, and you can avoid it by setting <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo \"2048 32767\" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux TFTP server uses." +"</screen></informalexample> to adjust the range of source ports the Linux " +"TFTP server uses." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "Flytta TFTP-avbilderna till rätt plats" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1362 +#: install-methods.xml:1358 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." +msgid "" +"Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" +"files\"/>, in the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Generally, " +"this directory will be <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. You'll have to make a " +"link from that file to the file which <command>tftpd</command> will use for " +"booting a particular client. Unfortunately, the file name is determined by " +"the TFTP client, and there are no strong standards." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1372 +#: install-methods.xml:1368 #, no-c-format -msgid "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the <command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. <command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP directory." +msgid "" +"On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " +"<command>yaboot</command> boot loader as the TFTP boot image. " +"<command>Yaboot</command> will then retrieve the kernel and RAMdisk images " +"via TFTP itself. For net booting, use the <filename>yaboot-netboot.conf</" +"filename>. Just rename this to <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> in the TFTP " +"directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1381 +#: install-methods.xml:1377 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"<command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1389 +#: install-methods.xml:1385 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the <filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." +msgid "" +"For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " +"<filename>netboot/netboot.tar.gz</filename> tarball. Simply extract this " +"tarball into the <command>tftpd</command> boot image directory. Make sure " +"your dhcp server is configured to pass <filename>/debian-installer/ia64/" +"elilo.efi</filename> to <command>tftpd</command> as the filename to boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "Avbilder för DECstation TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1402 +#: install-methods.xml:1398 #, no-c-format -msgid "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img. Copy the tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." +msgid "" +"For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " +"contain both kernel and installer in one file. The naming convention is " +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>/netboot-boot.img. Copy the " +"tftpimage file you would like to use to <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</" +"userinput> if you work with the example BOOTP/DHCP setups described above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1411 +#: install-methods.xml:1407 #, no-c-format -msgid "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can optionally be appended with the following syntax:" +msgid "" +"The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>#</replaceable>/tftp</userinput>, where <replaceable>#</" +"replaceable> is the number of the TurboChannel device from which to boot. On " +"most DECstations this is <quote>3</quote>. If the BOOTP/DHCP server does not " +"supply the filename or you need to pass additional parameters, they can " +"optionally be appended with the following syntax:" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1423 +#: install-methods.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=värde1 param2=värde2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1425 +#: install-methods.xml:1421 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an <computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> <replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " +"booting: the transfer starts, but after some time it stops with an " +"<computeroutput>a.out err</computeroutput>. This can have several reasons: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> The firmware does not respond to ARP requests " +"during a TFTP transfer. This leads to an ARP timeout and the transfer stops. " +"The solution is to add the MAC address of the Ethernet card in the " +"DECstation statically to the ARP table of the TFTP server. This is done by " +"running <userinput>arp -s <replaceable>IP-address</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>MAC-address</replaceable></userinput> as root on the machine " +"acting as TFTP server. The MAC-address of the DECstation can be read out by " +"entering <command>cnfg</command> at the DECstation firmware prompt. </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> The firmware has a size limit on the files that " +"can be booted by TFTP. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> There are also " +"firmware revisions that cannot boot via TFTP at all. An overview about the " +"different firmware revisions can be found at the NetBSD web pages: <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1463 +#: install-methods.xml:1459 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för Alpha via TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1464 +#: install-methods.xml:1460 #, no-c-format -msgid "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a filename by either one of these methods." +msgid "" +"On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " +"image directory) using the <userinput>-file</userinput> argument to the SRM " +"<userinput>boot</userinput> command, or by setting the <userinput>BOOT_FILE</" +"userinput> environment variable. Alternatively, the filename can be given " +"via BOOTP (in ISC <command>dhcpd</command>, use the <userinput>filename</" +"userinput> directive). Unlike Open Firmware, there is <emphasis>no default " +"filename</emphasis> on SRM, so you <emphasis>must</emphasis> specify a " +"filename by either one of these methods." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1479 +#: install-methods.xml:1475 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SPARC" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1480 +#: install-methods.xml:1476 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"SPARC architectures for instance use the subarchitecture names, such as <quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>; in some cases, the architecture is left blank, so the file the client looks for is just <filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. Thus, if your system subarchitecture is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be <filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. An easy way to determine this is to enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n" -"' 10 0 0 4\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This will spit out the IP in hexadecimal; to get to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." +"SPARC architectures for instance use the subarchitecture names, such as " +"<quote>SUN4M</quote> or <quote>SUN4C</quote>; in some cases, the " +"architecture is left blank, so the file the client looks for is just " +"<filename>client-ip-in-hex</filename>. Thus, if your system subarchitecture " +"is a SUN4C, and its IP is 192.168.1.3, the filename would be " +"<filename>C0A80103.SUN4C</filename>. An easy way to determine this is to " +"enter the following command in a shell (assuming the machine's intended IP " +"is 10.0.0.4). <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ printf '%.2x%.2x%.2x%.2x\\n' 10 0 0 4\n" +"</screen></informalexample> This will spit out the IP in hexadecimal; to get " +"to the correct filename, you will need to change all letters to uppercase " +"and if necessary append the subarchitecture name." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1493 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that the TFTP server looks in." +msgid "" +"You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " +"adding it to the end of the OpenPROM boot command, such as <userinput>boot " +"net my-sparc.image</userinput>. This must still reside in the directory that " +"the TFTP server looks in." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1508 +#: install-methods.xml:1504 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för BVM/Motorola" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1509 +#: install-methods.xml:1505 #, no-c-format -msgid "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." -msgstr "För BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system kopiera filerna &bvme6000-tftp-files; till <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgid "" +"For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " +"<filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system kopiera filerna &bvme6000-tftp-files; " +"till <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1514 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the <filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration information." +msgid "" +"Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " +"<filename>tftplilo.bvme</filename> or <filename>tftplilo.mvme</filename> " +"files from the TFTP server. Refer to the <filename>tftplilo.txt</filename> " +"file for your subarchitecture for additional system-specific configuration " +"information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1526 +#: install-methods.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI Indys TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för SGI Indy" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1527 +#: install-methods.xml:1523 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI Indys you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"On SGI Indys you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " +"name of the TFTP file. It is given either as the <userinput>bf=</userinput> " +"in <filename>/etc/bootptab</filename> or as the <userinput>filename=</" +"userinput> option in <filename>/etc/dhcpd.conf</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1539 +#: install-methods.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP för Broadcom BCM91250A" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1540 +#: install-methods.xml:1536 #, no-c-format -msgid "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the full path of the file to the loaded to CFE." +msgid "" +"You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " +"full path of the file to the loaded to CFE." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1645 +#: install-methods.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "Automatisk installation" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1646 +#: install-methods.xml:1642 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." +msgid "" +"For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " +"installations. Debian packages intended for this include <classname>fai</" +"classname> (which uses an install server), <classname>replicator</" +"classname>, <classname>systemimager</classname>, <classname>autoinstall</" +"classname>, and the Debian Installer itself." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1659 +#: install-methods.xml:1655 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "Automatisk installation med Debian-installeraren" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1660 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the installation process." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1667 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1672 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Although most dialogs used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You can (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM. Also, with the exception of network driver modules, it is not possible to preconfigure kernel module parameters." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1681 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the debconf-set-selections command. A well documented and working example that you can edit is in <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1687 +#: install-methods.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Alternatively, one way to get a complete file listing all the values that can be preseeded is to do a manual install, and then use <filename>debconf-get-selections</filename>, from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package, to dump both the debconf database and the cdebconf database in /var/log/debian-installer/cdebconf to a single file: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the file in <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/> is a better starting place for most users." +"The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " +"files. A preconfiguration file can be loaded from the network or from " +"removable media, and used to fill in answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1702 +#: install-methods.xml:1663 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you have a preconfiguration file, you can edit it if necessary, and place it on a web server, or copy it onto the installer's boot media. Wherever you place the file, you need to pass a parameter to the installer at boot time to tell it to use the file." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1709 -#, no-c-format -msgid "To make the installer use a preconfiguration file downloaded from the network, add preseed/url=http://url/to/preseed.cfg to the kernel boot parameters. Of course the preconfiguration will not take effect until the installer manages to set up the network to download the file, so this is most useful if the installer can set up the network via DHCP without asking any questions. You may want to set the installation priority to critical to avoid any questions while the network is being configured. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1720 -#, no-c-format -msgid "To place a preconfiguration file on a CD, you would need to remaster the ISO image to include your preconfiguration file. See the manual page for mkisofs for details. Alternatively, put the preseed file on a floppy, and use preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1727 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you'll be booting from a USB memory stick, then you can simply copy your preconfiguration file onto the memory stick's filesystem, and edit the syslinux.cfg file to add preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg to the kernel boot parameters." +msgid "" +"Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " +"edit is in <xref linkend=\"appendix-preseed\"/>." msgstr "" #~ msgid "" @@ -1275,4 +1887,3 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" - diff --git a/po/sv/installation-howto.po b/po/sv/installation-howto.po index 4a68dc5d7..5e83656c1 100755 --- a/po/sv/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/sv/installation-howto.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 installation howto\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-26 03:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,8 +22,21 @@ msgstr "Installations Howto" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." -msgstr "Detta dokument beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Detta är en snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;</link>." +msgid "" +"This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-" +"title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick " +"walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the " +"information you will need for most installs. When more information can be " +"useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=" +"\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." +msgstr "" +"Detta dokument beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för " +"&arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Detta är en " +"snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all " +"information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan " +"vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i " +"<link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;" +"</link>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 @@ -34,8 +47,20 @@ msgstr "Förberedning" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the freenode network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installeraren är fortfarande i en beta-fas. </phrase> Om du påträffar buggar under din installation, vänligen referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om hur man rapporterar dom. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av detta dokument, skicka dom gärna till e-postlistan debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på nätverket freenode)." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a " +"beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please " +"refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report " +"them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " +"please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the freenode network)." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installeraren är fortfarande " +"i en beta-fas. </phrase> Om du påträffar buggar under din installation, " +"vänligen referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om " +"hur man rapporterar dom. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av " +"detta dokument, skicka dom gärna till e-postlistan debian-boot (&email-" +"debian-boot-list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på nätverket freenode)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -46,20 +71,44 @@ msgstr "Starta upp installeraren" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-avbildningar, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbildningar med &d-i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink>. För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, " +"check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> " +"The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on " +"where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-" +"avbildningar, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </" +"ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbildningar " +"med &d-i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</" +"ulink>. För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref " +"linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." -msgstr "Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbildningar än cd-avbildningar. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; </ulink> har länkar till andra avbildningar. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbildningar på Debian-speglar." +msgid "" +"Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home " +"page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." +msgstr "" +"Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbildningar än cd-avbildningar. " +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;" +"\">&d-i; </ulink> har länkar till andra avbildningar. </phrase> <xref " +"linkend=\"where-files\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbildningar på Debian-" +"speglar." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." -msgstr "Undersektionerna nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbildningar du bör hämta för varje tänkbar installation." +msgid "" +"The subsections below will give the details about which images you should " +"get for each possible means of installation." +msgstr "" +"Undersektionerna nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbildningar du bör hämta för " +"varje tänkbar installation." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 @@ -70,14 +119,42 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." -msgstr "Det finns två olika cd-avbildningar för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder visitkortsavbilden måste du ladda ner dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre vill kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." +msgid "" +"There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install " +"&releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and " +"install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The " +"difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base " +"packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if " +"you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full " +"size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the " +"first CD of the set." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika cd-avbildningar för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan " +"användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är " +"tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, " +"därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den " +"fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder " +"visitkortsavbilden måste du ladda ner dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre " +"vill kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att " +"installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"i386\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" -msgstr "Ladda ner vilken typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase arch=\"i386\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd, tryck <keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as " +"explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc" +"\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while " +"booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Ladda ner vilken typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-" +"konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd, tryck " +"<keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> " +"för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -88,32 +165,69 @@ msgstr "Diskett" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta från en cd kan du ladda ner diskettavbilder för att installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en av drivrutinsdisketterna." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " +"You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." +"img</filename> and possibly one of the driver disks." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta från en cd kan du ladda ner diskettavbilder för att " +"installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, " +"<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en av " +"drivrutinsdisketterna." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." -msgstr "Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När denna diskett startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett — använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This " +"floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use " +"the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När denna " +"diskett startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett " +"— använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." -msgstr "Om du planerar att installera över nätverket kommer du normalt sett att behöva <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> som innehåller ytterligare drivare för många Ethernet-kort och stöd för PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename>, which contains additional " +"drivers for many ethernet cards, and support for PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att installera över nätverket kommer du normalt sett att " +"behöva <filename>floppy/net-drivers.img</filename> som innehåller " +"ytterligare drivare för många Ethernet-kort och stöd för PCMCIA." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:112 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." -msgstr "Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installation med cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use " +"<filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the " +"install using the CD." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp " +"från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> " +"på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installation med cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." -msgstr "Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje <filename>.img</filename>-fil du laddar ner får plats på en diskett; du kan använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dom." +msgid "" +"Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for " +"lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each " +"<filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you " +"can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than " +"one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." +msgstr "" +"Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del " +"dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje " +"<filename>.img</filename>-fil du laddar ner får plats på en diskett; du kan " +"använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en " +"diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dom." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:131 @@ -124,32 +238,76 @@ msgstr "USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:132 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For " +"example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can " +"take with you anywhere." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till " +"exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian " +"från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 128 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 128 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att ladda ner <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa upp 128 MB-avbilden från den filen. Skriva denna avbild direkt till ditt minne som måste vara minst 128 MB stor. Så klart kommer detta att förstöra allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har ett FAT-filsystem på sig. Ladda sedan ner en Debian netinst cd-avbild och kopiera den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 128 MB image " +"from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must " +"be at least 128 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on " +"the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT " +"filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that " +"file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." +"iso</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att ladda ner " +"<filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa " +"upp 128 MB-avbilden från den filen. Skriva denna avbild direkt till ditt " +"minne som måste vara minst 128 MB stor. Så klart kommer detta att förstöra " +"allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har ett FAT-" +"filsystem på sig. Ladda sedan ner en Debian netinst cd-avbild och kopiera " +"den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det slutar på " +"<literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av Debian-installeraren och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the " +"debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory " +"sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av " +"Debian-installeraren och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre " +"minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:155 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. If it doesn't, you can boot from one floppy and use the USB stick for the rest of the install. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Vissa BIOS kan starta USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>flyttbar enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten. Om den inte gör det kan du starta på en diskett och använda USB-minnet för resten av installationen. För hjälpfulla tips och detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to " +"configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. If it doesn't, " +"you can boot from one floppy and use the USB stick for the rest of the " +"install. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa BIOS kan starta USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske " +"behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>flyttbar " +"enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den " +"att starta upp från USB-enheten. Om den inte gör det kan du starta på en " +"diskett och använda USB-minnet för resten av installationen. För hjälpfulla " +"tips och detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:163 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manual användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of " +"Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manual " +"användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:172 @@ -160,14 +318,32 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från nätverk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:173 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various " +"methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files " +"in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika " +"metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. " +"Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:179 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " +"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " +"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp " +"filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ " +"in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> " +"till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade " +"instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:193 @@ -178,8 +354,23 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:194 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Ladda ner <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till topp-nivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an " +"existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard " +"disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</" +"literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en " +"existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Ladda ner " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till topp-nivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se " +"till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. " +"Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:211 @@ -189,103 +380,249 @@ msgstr "Installation" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " +"&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " +"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " +"default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " +"floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck " +"&enterkey; för att starta upp eller läs instruktionerna för andra " +"uppstartsmetoder och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> Om du vill ha 2.6-kärna, skriv " +"<userinput>linux26</userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. </" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv " +"<userinput>install24</userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. </" +"phrase> <footnote><para> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> 2.6-kärnan är " +"tillgänglig för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men inte vid uppstart från " +"startdiskett. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> 2.6-kärnan är standard " +"för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men är inte tillgänglig vid uppstart från " +"startdiskett. </phrase> </para></footnote> </phrase>" + +#. Tag: para +#: installation-howto.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> If you want a 2.6 kernel, type <userinput>linux26</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. </phrase> <footnote><para> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> The 2.6 kernel is available for most boot methods, but not when booting from a floppy. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </phrase> </para></footnote> </phrase>" -msgstr "När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck &enterkey; för att starta upp eller läs instruktionerna för andra uppstartsmetoder och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> Om du vill ha 2.6-kärna, skriv <userinput>linux26</userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv <userinput>install24</userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. </phrase> <footnote><para> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> 2.6-kärnan är tillgänglig för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men inte vid uppstart från startdiskett. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> 2.6-kärnan är standard för de flesta uppstartsmetoder men är inte tillgänglig vid uppstart från startdiskett. </phrase> </para></footnote> </phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." -msgstr "Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." +msgid "" +"After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " +"to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to " +"select your country, with the choices including countries where your " +"language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the " +"countries in the world is available." +msgstr "" +"Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd " +"piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att " +"fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som " +"inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta " +"listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:248 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." -msgstr "Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den förvalda om du är osäker." +msgid "" +"You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " +"you know better." +msgstr "" +"Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den " +"förvalda om du är osäker." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:253 +#: installation-howto.xml:241 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." -msgstr "Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka medans Debian-installeraren identifierar din hårdvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, startdiskett, USB etc." +msgid "" +"Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " +"the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka medans Debian-installeraren " +"identifierar din hårdvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, " +"startdiskett, USB etc." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:246 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." -msgstr "Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din nätverkshårdvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att konfigurera nätverket manuellt." +msgid "" +"Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " +"networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you " +"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." +msgstr "" +"Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din " +"nätverkshårdvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten " +"till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att " +"konfigurera nätverket manuellt." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:264 +#: installation-howto.xml:252 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." -msgstr "Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller fritt utrymme på en disk. Detta är rekommenderat för nya användare eller de som har bråttom men om du inte vill automatiskt partitionera, välj Manuell från menyn." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space " +"on a drive. This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry, but if " +"you do not want to autopartition, choose manual from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten " +"att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller fritt utrymme på en " +"disk. Detta är rekommenderat för nya användare eller de som har bråttom men " +"om du inte vill automatiskt partitionera, välj Manuell från menyn." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." -msgstr "Om du har en existerande DOS eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manual partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " +"be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual " +"partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS " +"partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the " +"partition and specify its new size." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en existerande DOS eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, " +"var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manual " +"partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på " +"existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-" +"installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:278 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finished partitioning</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." -msgstr "På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitionering</guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda det som satts upp. Kom i håg att tilldela åtminstone en partition för växlingsutrymme och att montera en partition på <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har mer information om partitionering." +msgid "" +"On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " +"will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to " +"modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be " +"able to choose <guimenuitem>Finished partitioning</guimenuitem> from the " +"menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for " +"swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." +msgstr "" +"På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att " +"formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera " +"eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför partitionering</guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda " +"det som satts upp. Kom i håg att tilldela åtminstone en partition för " +"växlingsutrymme och att montera en partition på <filename>/</filename>. " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har mer information om partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:288 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." -msgstr "Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Detta följs av installation av kärnan." +msgid "" +"Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " +"which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." +msgstr "" +"Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera " +"grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Detta följs av installation av kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"i386\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det sista steget är att installera en startladdare. Om installeraren identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till dom i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Som standard kommer GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken som normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att köra över det valet och installera den någon annanstand. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " +"operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and " +"let you know. <phrase arch=\"i386\">By default GRUB will be installed to the " +"master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. " +"You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it " +"elsewhere. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det sista steget är att installera en startladdare. Om installeraren " +"identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till dom " +"i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"i386\">Som standard " +"kommer GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken " +"som normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att köra över " +"det valet och installera den någon annanstand. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgid "" +"&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " +"or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should " +"boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata " +"ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta " +"om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen " +"vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:310 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=" +"\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:319 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Sänd oss en installationsrapport" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:320 +#: installation-howto.xml:308 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> There is a template named <filename>install-report.template</filename> in the <filename>/root</filename> directory of a freshly installed system. Please fill it out and file it as a bug against the package <classname>installation-reports</classname>, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>. </phrase>" -msgstr "Om du lyckades hantera installationen med &d-i;, ta dig gärna tid att skicka in en rapport till oss. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> Det finns en mall kallad <filename>install-report.template</filename> i katalogen <filename>/root</filename> på ett nyligen installerat system. Vänligen fyll i den och skicka in den som en buggrapport mot paketet <classname>installation-reports</classname> som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> Det enklaste sättet att göra detta är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-report</command>. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:338 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you did not reach base-config or ran into other trouble, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte nådde fram till base-config eller fastnade i andra problem har du möjligen hittat en bugg i Debian-installeraren. För att förbättra installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi känner till dom så vänligen ta dig tid att rapportera dom. Du kan använda en installationsrapport för att rapportera problem; om installationen totalt misslyckades, se <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." +#: installation-howto.xml:316 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte nådde fram till base-config eller fastnade i andra problem har du " +"möjligen hittat en bugg i Debian-installeraren. För att förbättra " +"installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi känner till dom så vänligen ta dig " +"tid att rapportera dom. Du kan använda en installationsrapport för att " +"rapportera problem; om installationen totalt misslyckades, se <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:350 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Och till slut.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:351 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format -msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." -msgstr "Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." - +msgid "" +"We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " +"useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian " +"är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time " +#~ "to provide us with a report. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> There is a " +#~ "template named <filename>install-report.template</filename> in the " +#~ "<filename>/root</filename> directory of a freshly installed system. " +#~ "Please fill it out and file it as a bug against the package " +#~ "<classname>installation-reports</classname>, as explained in <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> The " +#~ "simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-" +#~ "get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-" +#~ "report</command>. </phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du lyckades hantera installationen med &d-i;, ta dig gärna tid att " +#~ "skicka in en rapport till oss. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> Det finns en " +#~ "mall kallad <filename>install-report.template</filename> i katalogen " +#~ "<filename>/root</filename> på ett nyligen installerat system. Vänligen " +#~ "fyll i den och skicka in den som en buggrapport mot paketet " +#~ "<classname>installation-reports</classname> som förklaras i <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> Det enklaste " +#~ "sättet att göra detta är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-" +#~ "get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-" +#~ "report</command>. </phrase>" diff --git a/po/sv/post-install.po b/po/sv/post-install.po index d247e0266..4c91c900b 100755 --- a/po/sv/post-install.po +++ b/po/sv/post-install.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: post-install\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-18 06:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,14 +28,40 @@ msgstr "Om du är nybörjare i Unix" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:14 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are new to Unix, you probably should go out and buy some books and do some reading. A lot of valuable information can also be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debian Reference</ulink>. This <ulink url=\"&url-unix-faq;\">list of Unix FAQs</ulink> contains a number of UseNet documents which provide a nice historical reference." -msgstr "Om du är nybörjare i Unix-världen bör du antagligen gå ut och köpa några böcker att läsa. En hel del värdefull information kan också hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debian Reference</ulink>. Denna <ulink url=\"&url-unix-faq;\">lista av Unix FAQ</ulink> innehåller ett antal av UseNet-dokument som ger trevliga historiska referenser." +msgid "" +"If you are new to Unix, you probably should go out and buy some books and do " +"some reading. A lot of valuable information can also be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debian Reference</ulink>. This <ulink url=" +"\"&url-unix-faq;\">list of Unix FAQs</ulink> contains a number of UseNet " +"documents which provide a nice historical reference." +msgstr "" +"Om du är nybörjare i Unix-världen bör du antagligen gå ut och köpa några " +"böcker att läsa. En hel del värdefull information kan också hittas på <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-reference;\">Debian Reference</ulink>. Denna <ulink url=" +"\"&url-unix-faq;\">lista av Unix FAQ</ulink> innehåller ett antal av UseNet-" +"dokument som ger trevliga historiska referenser." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:22 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is an implementation of Unix. The <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> collects a number of HOWTOs and online books relating to Linux. Most of these documents can be installed locally; just install the <classname>doc-linux-html</classname> package (HTML versions) or the <classname>doc-linux-text</classname> package (ASCII versions), then look in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename>. International versions of the LDP HOWTOs are also available as Debian packages." -msgstr "Linux är en implementation av Unix. <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> samlar ett antal HOWTO-dokument och onlineböcker relaterade till Linux. De flesta av dessa dokument kan installeras lokalt; installera helt enkelt paketet <classname>doc-linux-html</classname> (HTML-versioner) eller paketet <classname>doc-linux-text</classname> (ASCII-versioner) och se i <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename>. Internationella versioner av LDPs HOWTO-dokument finns också tillgängliga som Debian-paket." +msgid "" +"Linux is an implementation of Unix. The <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux " +"Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> collects a number of HOWTOs and online " +"books relating to Linux. Most of these documents can be installed locally; " +"just install the <classname>doc-linux-html</classname> package (HTML " +"versions) or the <classname>doc-linux-text</classname> package (ASCII " +"versions), then look in <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename>. " +"International versions of the LDP HOWTOs are also available as Debian " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"Linux är en implementation av Unix. <ulink url=\"&url-ldp;\">Linux " +"Documentation Project (LDP)</ulink> samlar ett antal HOWTO-dokument och " +"onlineböcker relaterade till Linux. De flesta av dessa dokument kan " +"installeras lokalt; installera helt enkelt paketet <classname>doc-linux-" +"html</classname> (HTML-versioner) eller paketet <classname>doc-linux-text</" +"classname> (ASCII-versioner) och se i <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</" +"filename>. Internationella versioner av LDPs HOWTO-dokument finns också " +"tillgängliga som Debian-paket." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:43 @@ -46,8 +72,20 @@ msgstr "Ta sig fram i Debian" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian is a little different from other distributions. Even if you're familiar with Linux in other distributions, there are things you should know about Debian to help you to keep your system in a good, clean state. This chapter contains material to help you get oriented; it is not intended to be a tutorial for how to use Debian, but just a very brief glimpse of the system for the very rushed." -msgstr "Debian är lite olik från övriga distributioner. Även om du känner till Linux i andra distributioner är det några saker du bör känna till Debian för att hjälpa dig att behålla ditt system i bra och ren kondition. Detta kapitel innehåller material för att hjälpa dig att ta dig fram i systemet; det är inte menat att vara en hjälp för att använda Debian men helt enkelt en kort sammanfattning av systemet för de som har bråttom." +msgid "" +"Debian is a little different from other distributions. Even if you're " +"familiar with Linux in other distributions, there are things you should know " +"about Debian to help you to keep your system in a good, clean state. This " +"chapter contains material to help you get oriented; it is not intended to be " +"a tutorial for how to use Debian, but just a very brief glimpse of the " +"system for the very rushed." +msgstr "" +"Debian är lite olik från övriga distributioner. Även om du känner till Linux " +"i andra distributioner är det några saker du bör känna till Debian för att " +"hjälpa dig att behålla ditt system i bra och ren kondition. Detta kapitel " +"innehåller material för att hjälpa dig att ta dig fram i systemet; det är " +"inte menat att vara en hjälp för att använda Debian men helt enkelt en kort " +"sammanfattning av systemet för de som har bråttom." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:55 @@ -58,14 +96,51 @@ msgstr "Debians paketsystem" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:56 #, no-c-format -msgid "The most important concept to grasp is the Debian packaging system. In essence, large parts of your system should be considered under the control of the packaging system. These include: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/usr</filename> (excluding <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (you could make <filename>/var/local</filename> and be safe in there) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/sbin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/lib</filename> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> For instance, if you replace <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename>, that will work, but then if you upgrade your <classname>perl</classname> package, the file you put there will be replaced. Experts can get around this by putting packages on <quote>hold</quote> in <command>aptitude</command>." -msgstr "Det viktigaste konceptet att få grepp om är Debians paketsystem. Stora delar av ditt system bör anses vara under paketsystemets kontroll. Dessa inkluderar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/usr</filename> (exkluderat <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (du kan skapa <filename>/var/local</filename> och vara säker där) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/sbin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/lib</filename> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Till exempel om du ersätter <filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename> kommer det att fungera men om du uppgraderar ditt <classname>perl</classname>-paket kommer filen du placerade där att ersättas. Experter kan komma runt detta genom att <quote>hålla kvar</quote> paket i <command>aptitude</command>." +msgid "" +"The most important concept to grasp is the Debian packaging system. In " +"essence, large parts of your system should be considered under the control " +"of the packaging system. These include: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> " +"<filename>/usr</filename> (excluding <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (you could make " +"<filename>/var/local</filename> and be safe in there) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/sbin</filename> </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/lib</filename> </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> For instance, if you replace <filename>/usr/bin/perl</" +"filename>, that will work, but then if you upgrade your <classname>perl</" +"classname> package, the file you put there will be replaced. Experts can get " +"around this by putting packages on <quote>hold</quote> in <command>aptitude</" +"command>." +msgstr "" +"Det viktigaste konceptet att få grepp om är Debians paketsystem. Stora delar " +"av ditt system bör anses vara under paketsystemets kontroll. Dessa " +"inkluderar: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>/usr</filename> " +"(exkluderat <filename>/usr/local</filename>) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>/var</filename> (du kan skapa <filename>/var/" +"local</filename> och vara säker där) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"<filename>/bin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/" +"sbin</filename> </para></listitem> <listitem><para> <filename>/lib</" +"filename> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Till exempel om du ersätter " +"<filename>/usr/bin/perl</filename> kommer det att fungera men om du " +"uppgraderar ditt <classname>perl</classname>-paket kommer filen du placerade " +"där att ersättas. Experter kan komma runt detta genom att <quote>hålla kvar</" +"quote> paket i <command>aptitude</command>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:97 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the best installation methods is apt. You can use the command line version <command>apt-get</command> or full-screen text version <application>aptitude</application>. Note apt will also let you merge main, contrib, and non-free so you can have export-restricted packages as well as standard versions." -msgstr "En av de bästa installationsmetoderna är apt. Du kan använda kommandoradsversionen <command>apt-get</command> eller textversionen i fullskärmsläget, <application>aptitude</application>. Notera att apt också låter dig att sammanföra main, contrib och non-free så att du kan använda paket med exportrestriktioner såväl som standardversioner." +msgid "" +"One of the best installation methods is apt. You can use the command line " +"version <command>apt-get</command> or full-screen text version " +"<application>aptitude</application>. Note apt will also let you merge main, " +"contrib, and non-free so you can have export-restricted packages as well as " +"standard versions." +msgstr "" +"En av de bästa installationsmetoderna är apt. Du kan använda " +"kommandoradsversionen <command>apt-get</command> eller textversionen i " +"fullskärmsläget, <application>aptitude</application>. Notera att apt också " +"låter dig att sammanföra main, contrib och non-free så att du kan använda " +"paket med exportrestriktioner såväl som standardversioner." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:108 @@ -76,8 +151,14 @@ msgstr "Hantera programversioner" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:109 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternative versions of applications are managed by update-alternatives. If you are maintaining multiple versions of your applications, read the update-alternatives man page." -msgstr "Alternativa versioner av applikationer hanteras av update-alternatives. Om du hantera ett flertal versioner av din applikationer, läs manualsidan för update-alternatives." +msgid "" +"Alternative versions of applications are managed by update-alternatives. If " +"you are maintaining multiple versions of your applications, read the update-" +"alternatives man page." +msgstr "" +"Alternativa versioner av applikationer hanteras av update-alternatives. Om " +"du hantera ett flertal versioner av din applikationer, läs manualsidan för " +"update-alternatives." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:119 @@ -88,20 +169,50 @@ msgstr "Hantera cronjob" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:120 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any jobs under the purview of the system administrator should be in <filename>/etc</filename>, since they are configuration files. If you have a root cron job for daily, weekly, or monthly runs, put them in <filename>/etc/cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. These are invoked from <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, and will run in alphabetic order, which serializes them." -msgstr "Alla jobb under systemadministratörens ansvar bör ligga i <filename>/etc</filename> eftersom de är konfigurationsfiler. Om root har ett cronjobb för dagliga, veckomässiga eller månatliga körningar, lägg dom i <filename>/etc/cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. Dessa startas från <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> och kommer att köras i alfabetisk ordning." +msgid "" +"Any jobs under the purview of the system administrator should be in " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, since they are configuration files. If you have a " +"root cron job for daily, weekly, or monthly runs, put them in <filename>/etc/" +"cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. These are invoked from <filename>/" +"etc/crontab</filename>, and will run in alphabetic order, which serializes " +"them." +msgstr "" +"Alla jobb under systemadministratörens ansvar bör ligga i <filename>/etc</" +"filename> eftersom de är konfigurationsfiler. Om root har ett cronjobb för " +"dagliga, veckomässiga eller månatliga körningar, lägg dom i <filename>/etc/" +"cron.{daily,weekly,monthly}</filename>. Dessa startas från <filename>/etc/" +"crontab</filename> och kommer att köras i alfabetisk ordning." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:129 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." -msgstr "Men om du har ett cronjobb som (a) behöver köras som en speciell användare eller (b) behöver köras vid en speciell tidpunkt eller frekvens kan du antingen använda <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> eller ännu bättre <filename>/etc/cron.d/vadsomhelst</filename>. Dessa speciella filer har också ett extra fält som låter dig bestämma den användare som cronjobbet ska köras som." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, if you have a cron job that (a) needs to run as a special " +"user, or (b) needs to run at a special time or frequency, you can use either " +"<filename>/etc/crontab</filename>, or, better yet, <filename>/etc/cron.d/" +"whatever</filename>. These particular files also have an extra field that " +"allows you to stipulate the user under which the cron job runs." +msgstr "" +"Men om du har ett cronjobb som (a) behöver köras som en speciell användare " +"eller (b) behöver köras vid en speciell tidpunkt eller frekvens kan du " +"antingen använda <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> eller ännu bättre " +"<filename>/etc/cron.d/vadsomhelst</filename>. Dessa speciella filer har " +"också ett extra fält som låter dig bestämma den användare som cronjobbet ska " +"köras som." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:138 #, no-c-format -msgid "In either case, you just edit the files and cron will notice them automatically. There is no need to run a special command. For more information see cron(8), crontab(5), and <filename>/usr/share/doc/cron/README.Debian</filename>." -msgstr "I annat fall kan du bara redigera filerna och cron kommer att upptäcka dom automatiskt. Det finns inget behov att köra ett speciellt kommando. För mer information, se manualsidorna cron(8), crontab(5) och <filename>/usr/share/doc/cron/README.Debian</filename>." +msgid "" +"In either case, you just edit the files and cron will notice them " +"automatically. There is no need to run a special command. For more " +"information see cron(8), crontab(5), and <filename>/usr/share/doc/cron/" +"README.Debian</filename>." +msgstr "" +"I annat fall kan du bara redigera filerna och cron kommer att upptäcka dom " +"automatiskt. Det finns inget behov att köra ett speciellt kommando. För mer " +"information, se manualsidorna cron(8), crontab(5) och <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/cron/README.Debian</filename>." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:155 @@ -112,38 +223,113 @@ msgstr "Återaktivera DOS och Windows" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:156 #, no-c-format -msgid "After installing the base system and writing to the <emphasis>Master Boot Record</emphasis>, you will be able to boot Linux, but probably nothing else. This depends what you have chosen during the installation. This chapter will describe how you can reactivate your old systems so that you can also boot your DOS or Windows again." -msgstr "Efter installation av grundsystemet och skrivning av <emphasis>Master Boot Record</emphasis> kan du starta upp Linux men kanske inte så mycket mer. Detta beror på vad du har valt under installationen. Detta kapitel kommer att beskriva hur du kan återaktivera dina gamla system så att du också kan starta upp DOS eller Windows igen." +msgid "" +"After installing the base system and writing to the <emphasis>Master Boot " +"Record</emphasis>, you will be able to boot Linux, but probably nothing " +"else. This depends what you have chosen during the installation. This " +"chapter will describe how you can reactivate your old systems so that you " +"can also boot your DOS or Windows again." +msgstr "" +"Efter installation av grundsystemet och skrivning av <emphasis>Master Boot " +"Record</emphasis> kan du starta upp Linux men kanske inte så mycket mer. " +"Detta beror på vad du har valt under installationen. Detta kapitel kommer " +"att beskriva hur du kan återaktivera dina gamla system så att du också kan " +"starta upp DOS eller Windows igen." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:164 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>LILO</command> is a boot manager with which you can also boot other operating systems than Linux, which complies to PC conventions. The boot manager is configured via <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> file. Whenever you edited this file you have to run <command>lilo</command> afterwards. The reason for this is that the changes will take place only when you call the program." -msgstr "<command>LILO</command> är en starthanterare som med vilken du också kan starta upp andra operativsystem än Linux vilket är i enlighet med PC-reglerna. Starthanteraren konfigureras via filen <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>. När du redigerar denna fil måste du köra <command>lilo</command> efteråt. Anledning till detta är att de ändringar som gjorts endast blir aktiva efter du har kört programmet." +msgid "" +"<command>LILO</command> is a boot manager with which you can also boot other " +"operating systems than Linux, which complies to PC conventions. The boot " +"manager is configured via <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> file. Whenever " +"you edited this file you have to run <command>lilo</command> afterwards. The " +"reason for this is that the changes will take place only when you call the " +"program." +msgstr "" +"<command>LILO</command> är en starthanterare som med vilken du också kan " +"starta upp andra operativsystem än Linux vilket är i enlighet med PC-" +"reglerna. Starthanteraren konfigureras via filen <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</" +"filename>. När du redigerar denna fil måste du köra <command>lilo</command> " +"efteråt. Anledning till detta är att de ändringar som gjorts endast blir " +"aktiva efter du har kört programmet." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:174 #, no-c-format -msgid "Important parts of the <filename>lilo.conf</filename> file are the lines containing the <userinput>image</userinput> and <userinput>other</userinput> keywords, as well as the lines following those. They can be used to describe a system which can be booted by <command>LILO</command>. Such a system can include a kernel (<userinput>image</userinput>), a root partition, additional kernel parameters, etc. as well as a configuration to boot another, non-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operating system. These keywords can also be used more than once. The ordering of these systems within the configuration file is important because it determines which system will be booted automatically after, for instance, a timeout (<userinput>delay</userinput>) presuming <command>LILO</command> wasn't stopped by pressing the <keycap>shift</keycap> key." -msgstr "Viktiga delar av filen <filename>lilo.conf</filename> är raderna som innehåller nyckelorden <userinput>image</userinput> och <userinput>other</userinput> såväl som de efterföljande raderna. De kan användas för att beskriva ett system som kan startas upp av <command>LILO</command>. Ett sådant system kan inkludera en kärna (<userinput>avbild</userinput>), en rotpartition, icke-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operativsystem. Dessa nyckelord kan också användas flera gånger. För att dessa system i konfigurationsfilen är viktiga är för att den bestämmer vilket system som ska startas upp automatiskt efter, till exempel en viss tid (<userinput>fördröjning</userinput>) om inte <command>LILO</command> stoppades genom att trycka på tangenten <keycap>shift</keycap>." +msgid "" +"Important parts of the <filename>lilo.conf</filename> file are the lines " +"containing the <userinput>image</userinput> and <userinput>other</userinput> " +"keywords, as well as the lines following those. They can be used to describe " +"a system which can be booted by <command>LILO</command>. Such a system can " +"include a kernel (<userinput>image</userinput>), a root partition, " +"additional kernel parameters, etc. as well as a configuration to boot " +"another, non-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operating system. These " +"keywords can also be used more than once. The ordering of these systems " +"within the configuration file is important because it determines which " +"system will be booted automatically after, for instance, a timeout " +"(<userinput>delay</userinput>) presuming <command>LILO</command> wasn't " +"stopped by pressing the <keycap>shift</keycap> key." +msgstr "" +"Viktiga delar av filen <filename>lilo.conf</filename> är raderna som " +"innehåller nyckelorden <userinput>image</userinput> och <userinput>other</" +"userinput> såväl som de efterföljande raderna. De kan användas för att " +"beskriva ett system som kan startas upp av <command>LILO</command>. Ett " +"sådant system kan inkludera en kärna (<userinput>avbild</userinput>), en " +"rotpartition, icke-Linux (<userinput>other</userinput>) operativsystem. " +"Dessa nyckelord kan också användas flera gånger. För att dessa system i " +"konfigurationsfilen är viktiga är för att den bestämmer vilket system som " +"ska startas upp automatiskt efter, till exempel en viss tid " +"(<userinput>fördröjning</userinput>) om inte <command>LILO</command> " +"stoppades genom att trycka på tangenten <keycap>shift</keycap>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:190 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After a fresh install of Debian, just the current system is configured for booting with <command>LILO</command>. If you want to boot another Linux kernel, you have to edit the configuration file <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> to add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"After a fresh install of Debian, just the current system is configured for " +"booting with <command>LILO</command>. If you want to boot another Linux " +"kernel, you have to edit the configuration file <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</" +"filename> to add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "&additional-lilo-image;\n" -"</screen></informalexample> For a basic setup just the first two lines are necessary. If you want to know more about the other two options please have a look at the <command>LILO</command> documentation. This can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. The file which should be read is <filename>Manual.txt</filename>. To have a quicker start into the world of booting a system you can also look at the <command>LILO</command> man pages <filename>lilo.conf</filename> for an overview of configuration keywords and <filename>lilo</filename> for description of the installation of the new configuration into the boot sector." +"</screen></informalexample> For a basic setup just the first two lines are " +"necessary. If you want to know more about the other two options please have " +"a look at the <command>LILO</command> documentation. This can be found in " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. The file which should be read is " +"<filename>Manual.txt</filename>. To have a quicker start into the world of " +"booting a system you can also look at the <command>LILO</command> man pages " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename> for an overview of configuration keywords and " +"<filename>lilo</filename> for description of the installation of the new " +"configuration into the boot sector." msgstr "" -"Efter en färsk installation av Debian är bara nuvarande systemet konfigurerat för uppstart med <command>LILO</command>. Om du vill starta upp en annan Linux-kärna måste du redigera konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> och lägga till följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Efter en färsk installation av Debian är bara nuvarande systemet " +"konfigurerat för uppstart med <command>LILO</command>. Om du vill starta upp " +"en annan Linux-kärna måste du redigera konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/" +"lilo.conf</filename> och lägga till följande rader: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "&additional-lilo-image;\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För en enkel inställning är endast de två första raderna nödvändiga. Om du vill veta mer om de andra två inställningar, se på dokumentationen för <command>LILO</command>. Denna kan hittas i <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. Filen som bör läsas är <filename>Manual.txt</filename>. För att få en snabbare start i hur man startar upp ett system med <command>LILO</command> kan du också se på manualsidorna för <filename>lilo.conf</filename> för en översikt av nyckelorden och <filename>lilo</filename> för beskrivning av installation av ny konfiguration i startsektorn." +"</screen></informalexample> För en enkel inställning är endast de två första " +"raderna nödvändiga. Om du vill veta mer om de andra två inställningar, se på " +"dokumentationen för <command>LILO</command>. Denna kan hittas i <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename>. Filen som bör läsas är <filename>Manual.txt</" +"filename>. För att få en snabbare start i hur man startar upp ett system med " +"<command>LILO</command> kan du också se på manualsidorna för <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> för en översikt av nyckelorden och <filename>lilo</filename> " +"för beskrivning av installation av ny konfiguration i startsektorn." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:210 #, no-c-format -msgid "Notice that there are other boot loaders available in &debian;, such as GRUB (in <classname>grub</classname> package), CHOS (in <classname>chos</classname> package), Extended-IPL (in <classname>extipl</classname> package), loadlin (in <classname>loadlin</classname> package) etc." -msgstr "Notera att det finns andra startladdare tillgängliga i &debian; såsom GRUB (i paketet <classname>grub</classname>), CHOS (i paketet <classname>chos</classname>), Extended-IPL (i paketet <classname>extipl</classname>) och loadlin (i paketet <classname>loadlin</classname>) etc." +msgid "" +"Notice that there are other boot loaders available in &debian;, such as GRUB " +"(in <classname>grub</classname> package), CHOS (in <classname>chos</" +"classname> package), Extended-IPL (in <classname>extipl</classname> " +"package), loadlin (in <classname>loadlin</classname> package) etc." +msgstr "" +"Notera att det finns andra startladdare tillgängliga i &debian; såsom GRUB " +"(i paketet <classname>grub</classname>), CHOS (i paketet <classname>chos</" +"classname>), Extended-IPL (i paketet <classname>extipl</classname>) och " +"loadlin (i paketet <classname>loadlin</classname>) etc." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:225 @@ -154,26 +340,75 @@ msgstr "Ytterligare läsning och information" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need information about a particular program, you should first try <userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>, or <userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver information om ett speciellt program bör du först prova <userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput> eller <userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you need information about a particular program, you should first try " +"<userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>, or " +"<userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver information om ett speciellt program bör du först prova " +"<userinput>man <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput> eller " +"<userinput>info <replaceable>program</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is lots of useful documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename> as well. In particular, <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> and <filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> contain lots of interesting information. To submit bugs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug*</filename>. To read about Debian-specific issues for particular programs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/(package name)/README.Debian</filename>." -msgstr "Det finns också massor av användbar dokumentation i <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>. Speciellt <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> och <filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> innehåller mycket intressant information. För att skicka in buggar, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug*</filename>. För att läsa om Debian-specifika problem för specifika program, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/share/doc/(paketnamn)/README.Debian</filename>." +msgid "" +"There is lots of useful documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename> " +"as well. In particular, <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> and " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> contain lots of interesting " +"information. To submit bugs, look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug*</" +"filename>. To read about Debian-specific issues for particular programs, " +"look at <filename>/usr/share/doc/(package name)/README.Debian</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns också massor av användbar dokumentation i <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc</filename>. Speciellt <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO</filename> och " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/FAQ</filename> innehåller mycket intressant " +"information. För att skicka in buggar, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/debian/bug*</filename>. För att läsa om Debian-specifika problem för " +"specifika program, ta en titt på <filename>/usr/share/doc/(paketnamn)/README." +"Debian</filename>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:243 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debian web site</ulink> contains a large quantity of documentation about Debian. In particular, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian Reference</ulink>. An index of more Debian documentation is available from the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debian Documentation Project</ulink>. The Debian community is self-supporting; to subscribe to one or more of the Debian mailing lists, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> Mail List Subscription</ulink> page. Last, but not least, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> contain a wealth of information on Debian." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debians webbplats</ulink> innehåller en mängd dokumenation om Debian. Se gärna <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> och <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian Reference</ulink>. Ett index av mera Debian-dokumentation är tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debians dokumentationsprojekt</ulink>. Debians gemenskap är självförsörjande; för att prenumerera på en eller flera av Debians sändlistor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> Prenumerera på sändlistor</ulink>. Sist men inte minst, <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian Mailing List Archives</ulink> innehåller mycket värdefull information om Debian." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debian web site</ulink> contains a " +"large quantity of documentation about Debian. In particular, see the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> and the " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian " +"Reference</ulink>. An index of more Debian documentation is available from " +"the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debian Documentation " +"Project</ulink>. The Debian community is self-supporting; to subscribe to " +"one or more of the Debian mailing lists, see the <ulink url=\"http://www." +"debian.org/MailingLists/subscribe\"> Mail List Subscription</ulink> page. " +"Last, but not least, the <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian " +"Mailing List Archives</ulink> contain a wealth of information on Debian." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/\">Debians webbplats</ulink> innehåller " +"en mängd dokumenation om Debian. Se gärna <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" +"doc/FAQ/\">Debian GNU/Linux FAQ</ulink> och <ulink url=\"http://www.debian." +"org/doc/user-manuals#quick-reference\">Debian Reference</ulink>. Ett index " +"av mera Debian-dokumentation är tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"http://www." +"debian.org/doc/ddp\">Debians dokumentationsprojekt</ulink>. Debians " +"gemenskap är självförsörjande; för att prenumerera på en eller flera av " +"Debians sändlistor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/" +"MailingLists/subscribe\"> Prenumerera på sändlistor</ulink>. Sist men inte " +"minst, <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/\">Debian Mailing List Archives</" +"ulink> innehåller mycket värdefull information om Debian." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "A general source of information on GNU/Linux is the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. There you will find the HOWTOs and pointers to other very valuable information on parts of a GNU/Linux system." -msgstr "En allmän källa för information för GNU/Linux är webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. Där kan du hitta HOWTOs och pekare till annan mycket värdefull information om delar av GNU/Linux-systemet." +msgid "" +"A general source of information on GNU/Linux is the <ulink url=\"http://www." +"tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. There you will find the " +"HOWTOs and pointers to other very valuable information on parts of a GNU/" +"Linux system." +msgstr "" +"En allmän källa för information för GNU/Linux är webbplatsen <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.tldp.org/\">Linux Documentation Project</ulink>. Där kan du " +"hitta HOWTOs och pekare till annan mycket värdefull information om delar av " +"GNU/Linux-systemet." #. Tag: title #: post-install.xml:276 @@ -184,26 +419,48 @@ msgstr "Bygga en egen kärna" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:277 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why would someone want to compile a new kernel? It is often not necessary since the default kernel shipped with Debian handles most configurations. Also, Debian often offers several alternative kernels. So you may want to check first if there is an alternative kernel image package that better corresponds to your hardware. However, it can be useful to compile a new kernel in order to:" -msgstr "Varför vill någon bygga en ny kärna? Det behövs ofta inte eftersom standardkärnan som skickas med Debian hanterar de flesta konfigurationer. Debian erbjuder även ett flertal alternativa kärnor. Så du kanske vill kontrollera först om det finns ett alternativt kärnavbildspaket som bättre passar för din hårdvara. Dock kan det vara användbart att bygga en ny kärna för att:" +msgid "" +"Why would someone want to compile a new kernel? It is often not necessary " +"since the default kernel shipped with Debian handles most configurations. " +"Also, Debian often offers several alternative kernels. So you may want to " +"check first if there is an alternative kernel image package that better " +"corresponds to your hardware. However, it can be useful to compile a new " +"kernel in order to:" +msgstr "" +"Varför vill någon bygga en ny kärna? Det behövs ofta inte eftersom " +"standardkärnan som skickas med Debian hanterar de flesta konfigurationer. " +"Debian erbjuder även ett flertal alternativa kärnor. Så du kanske vill " +"kontrollera först om det finns ett alternativt kärnavbildspaket som bättre " +"passar för din hårdvara. Dock kan det vara användbart att bygga en ny kärna " +"för att:" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:287 #, no-c-format -msgid "handle special hardware needs, or hardware conflicts with the pre-supplied kernels" -msgstr "hantera speciella hårdvarubehov eller hårdvarukonflikter med de medskickade kärnorna" +msgid "" +"handle special hardware needs, or hardware conflicts with the pre-supplied " +"kernels" +msgstr "" +"hantera speciella hårdvarubehov eller hårdvarukonflikter med de medskickade " +"kärnorna" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:293 #, no-c-format -msgid "use options of the kernel which are not supported in the pre-supplied kernels (such as high memory support)" -msgstr "använda funktioner i kärnan som inte stöds i de medskickade kärnorna (såsom stöd för mycket minne (high memory support))" +msgid "" +"use options of the kernel which are not supported in the pre-supplied " +"kernels (such as high memory support)" +msgstr "" +"använda funktioner i kärnan som inte stöds i de medskickade kärnorna (såsom " +"stöd för mycket minne (high memory support))" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "optimize the kernel by removing useless drivers to speed up boot time" -msgstr "optimera kärnan genom att ta bort oanvända drivare för att snabba på uppstarten" +msgstr "" +"optimera kärnan genom att ta bort oanvända drivare för att snabba på " +"uppstarten" #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:304 @@ -238,120 +495,361 @@ msgstr "Var inte rädd att försöka bygga en kärna. Det är kul och ger mycket #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:328 #, no-c-format -msgid "To compile a kernel the Debian way, you need some packages: <classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname> (the most recent version at the time of this writing)</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></phrase> and a few others which are probably already installed (see <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> for the complete list)." -msgstr "För att bygga en kärna på Debians sätt behöver du några paket: <classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname> (den senaste versionen i skrivande stund)</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></phrase> och ett fåtal andra som antagligen redan är installerade (se <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> för den kompletta listan)." +msgid "" +"To compile a kernel the Debian way, you need some packages: " +"<classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, " +"<phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</" +"classname> (the most recent version at the time of this writing)</phrase> " +"<phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></" +"phrase> and a few others which are probably already installed (see " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> for the " +"complete list)." +msgstr "" +"För att bygga en kärna på Debians sätt behöver du några paket: " +"<classname>fakeroot</classname>, <classname>kernel-package</classname>, " +"<phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</" +"classname> (den senaste versionen i skrivande stund)</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname></phrase> " +"och ett fåtal andra som antagligen redan är installerade (se <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/kernel-package/README.gz</filename> för den kompletta listan)." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "This method will make a .deb of your kernel source, and, if you have non-standard modules, make a synchronized dependent .deb of those too. It's a better way to manage kernel images; <filename>/boot</filename> will hold the kernel, the System.map, and a log of the active config file for the build." -msgstr "Denna metod kommer att göra en .deb av källkoden för din kärna och om du har icke-standardmoduler, göra en synkroniserad beroende .deb av dessa också. Detta är ett bättre sätt att hantera kärnavbilder; <filename>/boot</filename> kommer att tillhandahålla kärnan, System.map och en logg för den aktiva konfigurationsfilen för byggnationen." +msgid "" +"This method will make a .deb of your kernel source, and, if you have non-" +"standard modules, make a synchronized dependent .deb of those too. It's a " +"better way to manage kernel images; <filename>/boot</filename> will hold the " +"kernel, the System.map, and a log of the active config file for the build." +msgstr "" +"Denna metod kommer att göra en .deb av källkoden för din kärna och om du har " +"icke-standardmoduler, göra en synkroniserad beroende .deb av dessa också. " +"Detta är ett bättre sätt att hantera kärnavbilder; <filename>/boot</" +"filename> kommer att tillhandahålla kärnan, System.map och en logg för den " +"aktiva konfigurationsfilen för byggnationen." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:347 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you don't <emphasis>have</emphasis> to compile your kernel the <quote>Debian way</quote>; but we find that using the packaging system to manage your kernel is actually safer and easier. In fact, you can get your kernel sources right from Linus instead of <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname>,</phrase> yet still use the <classname>kernel-package</classname> compilation method." -msgstr "Noter att du inte <emphasis>behöver</emphasis> bygga din kärna på <quote>Debians sätt</quote>; men vi tycker att användning av paketsystemet för att hantera din kärna är faktiskt säkrare och lättare. Faktiskt kan du hämta källkod för din kärna från Linus istället för <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname>,</phrase> och ändå använda byggnationsmetoden för <classname>kernel-package</classname>." +msgid "" +"Note that you don't <emphasis>have</emphasis> to compile your kernel the " +"<quote>Debian way</quote>; but we find that using the packaging system to " +"manage your kernel is actually safer and easier. In fact, you can get your " +"kernel sources right from Linus instead of <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg" +"\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</phrase> <phrase " +"condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</classname>,</phrase> " +"yet still use the <classname>kernel-package</classname> compilation method." +msgstr "" +"Noter att du inte <emphasis>behöver</emphasis> bygga din kärna på " +"<quote>Debians sätt</quote>; men vi tycker att användning av paketsystemet " +"för att hantera din kärna är faktiskt säkrare och lättare. Faktiskt kan du " +"hämta källkod för din kärna från Linus istället för <phrase condition=" +"\"classic-kpkg\"><classname>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</classname>,</" +"phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><classname>linux-source-2.6</" +"classname>,</phrase> och ändå använda byggnationsmetoden för " +"<classname>kernel-package</classname>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you'll find complete documentation on using <classname>kernel-package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>. This section just contains a brief tutorial." -msgstr "Notera att du kan hitta komplett dokumentation om användningen av <classname>kernel-package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>. Denna sektion innehåller bara en kort genomgång." +msgid "" +"Note that you'll find complete documentation on using <classname>kernel-" +"package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</" +"filename>. This section just contains a brief tutorial." +msgstr "" +"Notera att du kan hitta komplett dokumentation om användningen av " +"<classname>kernel-package</classname> under <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-" +"package</filename>. Denna sektion innehåller bara en kort genomgång." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:364 #, no-c-format -msgid "Hereafter, we'll assume you have free rein over your machine and will extract your kernel source to somewhere in your home directory<footnote> <para> There are other locations where you can extract kernel sources and build your custom kernel, but this is easiest as it does not require special permissions. </para> </footnote>. We'll also assume that your kernel version is &kernelversion;. Make sure you are in the directory to where you want to unpack the kernel sources, extract them using <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> and change to the directory <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> that will have been created." -msgstr "Från och med nu antar vi att du har fri tyglar över din maskin och kommer att packa upp källkoden till din kärna någonstans i din hemkatalog<footnote> <para> Det finns andra platser där du kan packa upp källkoden och bygga din anpassade kärna men det är lättast eftersom det inte kräver speciella rättigheter. </para> </footnote>. Se till att du står i katalogen du vill packa upp källkoden till, packa upp den med <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> och byt till katalogen <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> som har skapats." +msgid "" +"Hereafter, we'll assume you have free rein over your machine and will " +"extract your kernel source to somewhere in your home directory<footnote> " +"<para> There are other locations where you can extract kernel sources and " +"build your custom kernel, but this is easiest as it does not require special " +"permissions. </para> </footnote>. We'll also assume that your kernel version " +"is &kernelversion;. Make sure you are in the directory to where you want to " +"unpack the kernel sources, extract them using <phrase condition=\"classic-" +"kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</" +"userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /" +"usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> and change " +"to the directory <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-" +"&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg" +"\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> that will have " +"been created." +msgstr "" +"Från och med nu antar vi att du har fri tyglar över din maskin och kommer " +"att packa upp källkoden till din kärna någonstans i din hemkatalog<footnote> " +"<para> Det finns andra platser där du kan packa upp källkoden och bygga din " +"anpassade kärna men det är lättast eftersom det inte kräver speciella " +"rättigheter. </para> </footnote>. Se till att du står i katalogen du vill " +"packa upp källkoden till, packa upp den med <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg" +"\"><userinput>tar xjf /usr/src/kernel-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</" +"userinput></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\"><userinput>tar xjf /" +"usr/src/linux-source-&kernelversion;.tar.bz2</userinput></phrase> och byt " +"till katalogen <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\"><filename>kernel-source-" +"&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> <phrase condition=\"common-kpkg" +"\"><filename>linux-source-&kernelversion;</filename></phrase> som har " +"skapats." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:389 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now, you can configure your kernel. Run <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> if X11 is installed, configured and being run; run <userinput>make menuconfig</userinput> otherwise (you'll need <classname>libncurses5-dev</classname> installed). Take the time to read the online help and choose carefully. When in doubt, it is typically better to include the device driver (the software which manages hardware peripherals, such as Ethernet cards, SCSI controllers, and so on) you are unsure about. Be careful: other options, not related to a specific hardware, should be left at the default value if you do not understand them. Do not forget to select <quote>Kernel module loader</quote> in <quote>Loadable module support</quote> (it is not selected by default). If not included, your Debian installation will experience problems." -msgstr "Nu kan du konfigurera din kärna. Kör <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> om X11 är installerad, konfigurerad och körs; kör <userinput>make menuconfig</userinput> annars (du behöver ha <classname>libncurses5-dev</classname> installerad). Ta lite tid att läsa igenom onlinehjälpen och välj försiktigt. När du är osäker är det normalt sett bättre att inkludera enhetsdrivaren (den programvara som hanterar hårdvara och kringutrustning såsom nätverkskort, SCSI-kontrollrar och så vidare) du är osäker på. Var försiktig: andra inställningar som inte är relaterade till specifik hårdvara bör lämnas kvar med förvalda värden om du inte förstår dom. Glöm inte att välja <quote>Kernel module loader</quote> i <quote>Loadable module support</quote> (den är inte vald som standard). Om den inte inkluderas kommer din Debian-installation att få problem." +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure your kernel. Run <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> " +"if X11 is installed, configured and being run; run <userinput>make " +"menuconfig</userinput> otherwise (you'll need <classname>libncurses5-dev</" +"classname> installed). Take the time to read the online help and choose " +"carefully. When in doubt, it is typically better to include the device " +"driver (the software which manages hardware peripherals, such as Ethernet " +"cards, SCSI controllers, and so on) you are unsure about. Be careful: other " +"options, not related to a specific hardware, should be left at the default " +"value if you do not understand them. Do not forget to select <quote>Kernel " +"module loader</quote> in <quote>Loadable module support</quote> (it is not " +"selected by default). If not included, your Debian installation will " +"experience problems." +msgstr "" +"Nu kan du konfigurera din kärna. Kör <userinput>make xconfig</userinput> om " +"X11 är installerad, konfigurerad och körs; kör <userinput>make menuconfig</" +"userinput> annars (du behöver ha <classname>libncurses5-dev</classname> " +"installerad). Ta lite tid att läsa igenom onlinehjälpen och välj försiktigt. " +"När du är osäker är det normalt sett bättre att inkludera enhetsdrivaren " +"(den programvara som hanterar hårdvara och kringutrustning såsom " +"nätverkskort, SCSI-kontrollrar och så vidare) du är osäker på. Var " +"försiktig: andra inställningar som inte är relaterade till specifik hårdvara " +"bör lämnas kvar med förvalda värden om du inte förstår dom. Glöm inte att " +"välja <quote>Kernel module loader</quote> i <quote>Loadable module support</" +"quote> (den är inte vald som standard). Om den inte inkluderas kommer din " +"Debian-installation att få problem." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "Clean the source tree and reset the <classname>kernel-package</classname> parameters. To do that, do <userinput>make-kpkg clean</userinput>." -msgstr "Rensa källkodsträdet och återställ parametrarna för <classname>kernel-package</classname>. För att göra detta, kör <userinput>make-kpkg clean</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree and reset the <classname>kernel-package</classname> " +"parameters. To do that, do <userinput>make-kpkg clean</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Rensa källkodsträdet och återställ parametrarna för <classname>kernel-" +"package</classname>. För att göra detta, kör <userinput>make-kpkg clean</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:409 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now, compile the kernel: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --revision=custom.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. The version number of <quote>1.0</quote> can be changed at will; this is just a version number that you will use to track your kernel builds. Likewise, you can put any word you like in place of <quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel compilation may take quite a while, depending on the power of your machine." -msgstr "Bygg nu kärnan: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --revision=anpassad.1.0 kernel_image</userinput>. Versionsnumret <quote>1.0</quote> kan ändras om du vill; det är bara ett versionsnummer så att du kan hålla reda på din kärnbyggnationer. Du kan även mata in vilket ord som helst istället för <quote>anpassad</quote> (till exempel ett värdnamn). Kärnbyggnationen kan ta sin tid beroende på hur kraftfull din maskin är." +msgid "" +"Now, compile the kernel: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --revision=custom.1.0 " +"kernel_image</userinput>. The version number of <quote>1.0</quote> can be " +"changed at will; this is just a version number that you will use to track " +"your kernel builds. Likewise, you can put any word you like in place of " +"<quote>custom</quote> (e.g., a host name). Kernel compilation may take quite " +"a while, depending on the power of your machine." +msgstr "" +"Bygg nu kärnan: <userinput>fakeroot make-kpkg --revision=anpassad.1.0 " +"kernel_image</userinput>. Versionsnumret <quote>1.0</quote> kan ändras om du " +"vill; det är bara ett versionsnummer så att du kan hålla reda på din " +"kärnbyggnationer. Du kan även mata in vilket ord som helst istället för " +"<quote>anpassad</quote> (till exempel ett värdnamn). Kärnbyggnationen kan ta " +"sin tid beroende på hur kraftfull din maskin är." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:419 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you require PCMCIA support, you'll also need to install the <classname>pcmcia-source</classname> package. Unpack the gzipped tar file as root in the directory <filename>/usr/src</filename> (it's important that modules are found where they are expected to be found, namely, <filename>/usr/src/modules</filename>). Then, as root, do <userinput>make-kpkg modules_image</userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver PCMCIA-stöd kan du också behöva installera paketet <classname>pcmcia-source</classname>. Packa upp den gzippade tar-filen som root i katalogen <filename>/usr/src</filename> (det är viktigt att modulerna hittades där de förväntas vara, nämligen <filename>/usr/src/modules</filename>). Efter det, kör <userinput>make-kpkg modules_image</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you require PCMCIA support, you'll also need to install the " +"<classname>pcmcia-source</classname> package. Unpack the gzipped tar file as " +"root in the directory <filename>/usr/src</filename> (it's important that " +"modules are found where they are expected to be found, namely, <filename>/" +"usr/src/modules</filename>). Then, as root, do <userinput>make-kpkg " +"modules_image</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver PCMCIA-stöd kan du också behöva installera paketet " +"<classname>pcmcia-source</classname>. Packa upp den gzippade tar-filen som " +"root i katalogen <filename>/usr/src</filename> (det är viktigt att modulerna " +"hittades där de förväntas vara, nämligen <filename>/usr/src/modules</" +"filename>). Efter det, kör <userinput>make-kpkg modules_image</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:428 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the compilation is complete, you can install your custom kernel like any package. As root, do <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. The <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> part is an optional sub-architecture, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> such as <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> depending on what kernel options you set. <userinput>dpkg -i kernel-image...</userinput> will install the kernel, along with some other nice supporting files. For instance, the <filename>System.map</filename> will be properly installed (helpful for debugging kernel problems), and <filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> will be installed, containing your current configuration set. Your new <classname>kernel-image-&kernelversion;</classname> package is also clever enough to automatically use your platform's boot-loader to run an update on the booting, allowing you to boot without re-running the boot loader. If you have created a modules package, e.g., if you have PCMCIA, you'll need to install that package as well." -msgstr "När byggnationen är färdig kan du installera din anpassade kärna som ett vanligt paket. Som root, kör <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_anpassad.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. <replaceable>Underarkitekturens</replaceable> del är en valfri underarkitektur, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> såsom <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> beroende på vilka kärninställningar du valt. <userinput>dpkg -i kernel-image...</userinput> kommer att installera kärnan tillsammans med några andra trevliga hjälpfiler. Till exempel, <filename>System.map</filename> kommer att korrekt installeras (behjälplig för debuggning av problem med kärnan) och <filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> kommer att installeras som innehåller dina nuvarande konfigurationsinställningar. Ditt nya paket <classname>kernel-image-&kernelversion;</classname> är också tillräckligt smart att automatiskt använda din plattforms startladdare för att köra en uppdatering av uppstarten som låter dig att starta upp utan att köra startladdaren igen. Om du skapat ett modulpaket, till exempel om du har PCMCIA behöver du installera det paketet också." +msgid "" +"Once the compilation is complete, you can install your custom kernel like " +"any package. As root, do <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-&kernelversion;-" +"<replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable>_custom.1.0_&architecture;.deb</" +"userinput>. The <replaceable>subarchitecture</replaceable> part is an " +"optional sub-architecture, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> such as <quote>i586</" +"quote>, </phrase> depending on what kernel options you set. <userinput>dpkg -" +"i kernel-image...</userinput> will install the kernel, along with some other " +"nice supporting files. For instance, the <filename>System.map</filename> " +"will be properly installed (helpful for debugging kernel problems), and " +"<filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> will be installed, " +"containing your current configuration set. Your new <classname>kernel-image-" +"&kernelversion;</classname> package is also clever enough to automatically " +"use your platform's boot-loader to run an update on the booting, allowing " +"you to boot without re-running the boot loader. If you have created a " +"modules package, e.g., if you have PCMCIA, you'll need to install that " +"package as well." +msgstr "" +"När byggnationen är färdig kan du installera din anpassade kärna som ett " +"vanligt paket. Som root, kör <userinput>dpkg -i ../kernel-image-" +"&kernelversion;-<replaceable>subarchitecture</" +"replaceable>_anpassad.1.0_&architecture;.deb</userinput>. " +"<replaceable>Underarkitekturens</replaceable> del är en valfri " +"underarkitektur, <phrase arch=\"i386\"> såsom <quote>i586</quote>, </phrase> " +"beroende på vilka kärninställningar du valt. <userinput>dpkg -i kernel-" +"image...</userinput> kommer att installera kärnan tillsammans med några " +"andra trevliga hjälpfiler. Till exempel, <filename>System.map</filename> " +"kommer att korrekt installeras (behjälplig för debuggning av problem med " +"kärnan) och <filename>/boot/config-&kernelversion;</filename> kommer att " +"installeras som innehåller dina nuvarande konfigurationsinställningar. Ditt " +"nya paket <classname>kernel-image-&kernelversion;</classname> är också " +"tillräckligt smart att automatiskt använda din plattforms startladdare för " +"att köra en uppdatering av uppstarten som låter dig att starta upp utan att " +"köra startladdaren igen. Om du skapat ett modulpaket, till exempel om du har " +"PCMCIA behöver du installera det paketet också." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:449 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is time to reboot the system: read carefully any warning that the above step may have produced, then <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>." -msgstr "Nu är det tid för att starta om systemet: läs noga alla varningar som det ovanstående steget kan ha producerat, kör sedan <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>." +msgid "" +"It is time to reboot the system: read carefully any warning that the above " +"step may have produced, then <userinput>shutdown -r now</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det tid för att starta om systemet: läs noga alla varningar som det " +"ovanstående steget kan ha producerat, kör sedan <userinput>shutdown -r now</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: para #: post-install.xml:454 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"etch\">For more information on Debian kernels and kernel compilation, see the <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>.</phrase> For more information on <classname>kernel-package</classname>, read the fine documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"etch\">För mer information om Debians kärnor och byggandet av kärnor, se <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>.</phrase> För mer information om <classname>kernel-package</classname>, läs den utmärkta dokumentationen i <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"For more information on Debian kernels and kernel compilation, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>. " +"For more information on <classname>kernel-package</classname>, read the fine " +"documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"etch\">För mer information om Debians kärnor och " +"byggandet av kärnor, se <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux " +"Kernel Handbook</ulink>.</phrase> För mer information om <classname>kernel-" +"package</classname>, läs den utmärkta dokumentationen i <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/kernel-package</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: post-install.xml:471 +#: post-install.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Recovering a Broken System" msgstr "Återställning av ett trasigt system" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:472 +#: post-install.xml:471 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sometimes, things go wrong, and the system you've carefully installed is no longer bootable. Perhaps the boot loader configuration broke while trying out a change, or perhaps a new kernel you installed won't boot, or perhaps cosmic rays hit your disk and flipped a bit in <filename>/sbin/init</filename>. Regardless of the cause, you'll need to have a system to work from while you fix it, and rescue mode can be useful for this." -msgstr "Ibland kan saker och ting gå fel och systemet du noga installerat inte kan startas upp. Kanske är konfigurationen för startladdaren trasig efter att ha provat ut en ändring, kanske startar inte den nya kärnan du installerat eller kanske kosmiska strålar träffat din disk och vänta på en bit i <filename>/sbin/init</filename>. Oavsett anledning behöver du ett fungerande system under tiden du reparerar det och räddningsläget kan då vara användbart för detta. " +msgid "" +"Sometimes, things go wrong, and the system you've carefully installed is no " +"longer bootable. Perhaps the boot loader configuration broke while trying " +"out a change, or perhaps a new kernel you installed won't boot, or perhaps " +"cosmic rays hit your disk and flipped a bit in <filename>/sbin/init</" +"filename>. Regardless of the cause, you'll need to have a system to work " +"from while you fix it, and rescue mode can be useful for this." +msgstr "" +"Ibland kan saker och ting gå fel och systemet du noga installerat inte kan " +"startas upp. Kanske är konfigurationen för startladdaren trasig efter att ha " +"provat ut en ändring, kanske startar inte den nya kärnan du installerat " +"eller kanske kosmiska strålar träffat din disk och vänta på en bit i " +"<filename>/sbin/init</filename>. Oavsett anledning behöver du ett fungerande " +"system under tiden du reparerar det och räddningsläget kan då vara " +"användbart för detta. " #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:482 +#: post-install.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "To access rescue mode, type <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, or boot with the <userinput>rescue/enable=true</userinput> boot parameter. You'll be shown the first few screens of the installer, with a note in the corner of the display to indicate that this is rescue mode, not a full installation. Don't worry, your system is not about to be overwritten! Rescue mode simply takes advantage of the hardware detection facilities available in the installer to ensure that your disks, network devices, and so on are available to you while repairing your system." -msgstr "För att tillgå räddningsläget, ange <userinput>rescue</userinput> vid prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt> eller starta med startparametern <userinput>rescue/enable=true</userinput>. Du kommer då att visas de första vyerna av installeraren med en notering i skärmhörnet som indikerar att den körs i räddningsläget och inte en full installation. Var lugn, ditt system kommer inte att skrivas över! Räddningsläget använder helt enkelt fördelarna av funktionerna för identifiering av hårdvara som är tillgängliga i installeraren för att vara säker på att dina diskar, nätverksenheter och så vidare är tillgängliga för dig under tiden du reparerar ditt system." +msgid "" +"To access rescue mode, type <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, or boot with the <userinput>rescue/" +"enable=true</userinput> boot parameter. You'll be shown the first few " +"screens of the installer, with a note in the corner of the display to " +"indicate that this is rescue mode, not a full installation. Don't worry, " +"your system is not about to be overwritten! Rescue mode simply takes " +"advantage of the hardware detection facilities available in the installer to " +"ensure that your disks, network devices, and so on are available to you " +"while repairing your system." +msgstr "" +"För att tillgå räddningsläget, ange <userinput>rescue</userinput> vid " +"prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt> eller starta med startparametern " +"<userinput>rescue/enable=true</userinput>. Du kommer då att visas de första " +"vyerna av installeraren med en notering i skärmhörnet som indikerar att den " +"körs i räddningsläget och inte en full installation. Var lugn, ditt system " +"kommer inte att skrivas över! Räddningsläget använder helt enkelt fördelarna " +"av funktionerna för identifiering av hårdvara som är tillgängliga i " +"installeraren för att vara säker på att dina diskar, nätverksenheter och så " +"vidare är tillgängliga för dig under tiden du reparerar ditt system." #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:497 +#: post-install.xml:496 #, no-c-format -msgid "Instead of the partitioning tool, you should now be presented with a list of the partitions on your system, and asked to select one of them. Normally, you should select the partition containing the root file system that you need to repair. You may select partitions on RAID and LVM devices as well as those created directly on disks." -msgstr "Istället för partioneringsverktyget bör du nu presenteras med en lista av partitionerna på ditt system och bli frågad att välja ett av dom. Normalt sett bör du välja partitionen som innehåller rotfilsystemet du behöver reparera. Du kan välja partitioner på RAID- och LVM-enheter såväl som de som skapas direkt på diskarna." +msgid "" +"Instead of the partitioning tool, you should now be presented with a list of " +"the partitions on your system, and asked to select one of them. Normally, " +"you should select the partition containing the root file system that you " +"need to repair. You may select partitions on RAID and LVM devices as well as " +"those created directly on disks." +msgstr "" +"Istället för partioneringsverktyget bör du nu presenteras med en lista av " +"partitionerna på ditt system och bli frågad att välja ett av dom. Normalt " +"sett bör du välja partitionen som innehåller rotfilsystemet du behöver " +"reparera. Du kan välja partitioner på RAID- och LVM-enheter såväl som de som " +"skapas direkt på diskarna." #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:505 +#: post-install.xml:504 #, no-c-format -msgid "If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in the file system you selected, which you can use to perform any necessary repairs. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> For example, if you need to reinstall the GRUB boot loader into the master boot record of the first hard disk, you could enter the command <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> to do so. </phrase>" -msgstr "Om möjligt kommer installeraren nu att ge dig en skalprompt i filsystemet du valt vilket du kan använda för att genomföra nödvändiga reparationer. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Till exempel om du behöver installera om startladdaren GRUB till Master Boot Record på första hårddisken kan du ange kommandot <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> för att göra detta. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in the " +"file system you selected, which you can use to perform any necessary " +"repairs. <phrase arch=\"i386\"> For example, if you need to reinstall the " +"GRUB boot loader into the master boot record of the first hard disk, you " +"could enter the command <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> to do " +"so. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om möjligt kommer installeraren nu att ge dig en skalprompt i filsystemet du " +"valt vilket du kan använda för att genomföra nödvändiga reparationer. " +"<phrase arch=\"i386\"> Till exempel om du behöver installera om " +"startladdaren GRUB till Master Boot Record på första hårddisken kan du ange " +"kommandot <userinput>grub-install '(hd0)'</userinput> för att göra detta. </" +"phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:517 +#: post-install.xml:516 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installer cannot run a usable shell in the root file system you selected, perhaps because the file system is corrupt, then it will issue a warning and offer to give you a shell in the installer environment instead. You may not have as many tools available in this environment, but they will often be enough to repair your system anyway. The root file system you selected will be mounted on the <filename>/target</filename> directory." -msgstr "Om installeraren inte kan köra ett användbart skal i rotfilsystemet du valt kanske detta beror på att filsystemet innehåller fel och då skriva ut en varning och efter det ge dig ett skal i installerarens miljö istället. Du kanske inte har så många verktyg tillgängliga i denna miljö men de räcker ofta för att laga ditt system. Rotfilsystemet du valt kommer att monteras på katalogen <filename>/target</filename>." +msgid "" +"If the installer cannot run a usable shell in the root file system you " +"selected, perhaps because the file system is corrupt, then it will issue a " +"warning and offer to give you a shell in the installer environment instead. " +"You may not have as many tools available in this environment, but they will " +"often be enough to repair your system anyway. The root file system you " +"selected will be mounted on the <filename>/target</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"Om installeraren inte kan köra ett användbart skal i rotfilsystemet du valt " +"kanske detta beror på att filsystemet innehåller fel och då skriva ut en " +"varning och efter det ge dig ett skal i installerarens miljö istället. Du " +"kanske inte har så många verktyg tillgängliga i denna miljö men de räcker " +"ofta för att laga ditt system. Rotfilsystemet du valt kommer att monteras på " +"katalogen <filename>/target</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:526 +#: post-install.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "In either case, after you exit the shell, the system will reboot." msgstr "Oavsett, efter du har avslutat skalet kommer systemet att startas om." #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:530 +#: post-install.xml:529 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, note that repairing broken systems can be difficult, and this manual does not attempt to go into all the things that might have gone wrong or how to fix them. If you have problems, consult an expert." -msgstr "Till slut, notera att reparering av trasiga system kan vara svårt och denna manual försöker inte att gå in så djupt i alla saker som kan ha gått fel och hur man rättar till dom. Om du har problem, konsultera en expert." - +msgid "" +"Finally, note that repairing broken systems can be difficult, and this " +"manual does not attempt to go into all the things that might have gone wrong " +"or how to fix them. If you have problems, consult an expert." +msgstr "" +"Till slut, notera att reparering av trasiga system kan vara svårt och denna " +"manual försöker inte att gå in så djupt i alla saker som kan ha gått fel och " +"hur man rättar till dom. Om du har problem, konsultera en expert." diff --git a/po/sv/preparing.po b/po/sv/preparing.po index 99b1dded5..6d3857912 100755 --- a/po/sv/preparing.po +++ b/po/sv/preparing.po @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation guide 20051025 preparing\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-13 15:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Tag: title @@ -22,8 +22,15 @@ msgstr "Före installation av &debian;" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:6 #, no-c-format -msgid "This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information." -msgstr "Detta kapitel går in på djuper med förberedelser för installation av Debian före du startar upp installeraren. Detta inkluderar säkerhetskopiering av ditt data, insamling av information om din hårdvara och att hitta all nödvändig information." +msgid "" +"This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you " +"even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering " +"information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information." +msgstr "" +"Detta kapitel går in på djuper med förberedelser för installation av Debian " +"före du startar upp installeraren. Detta inkluderar säkerhetskopiering av " +"ditt data, insamling av information om din hårdvara och att hitta all " +"nödvändig information." #. Tag: title #: preparing.xml:19 @@ -34,38 +41,83 @@ msgstr "Översikt för installationsprocessen" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:20 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case." -msgstr "Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer. Med Debian är omständigheter som kräver en totalt ominstallation av ditt system mycket ovanliga; kanske mekaniska fel på hårddisken kan vara de mest vanliga orsakerna." +msgid "" +"First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that " +"will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps " +"mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case." +msgstr "" +"Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer. Med Debian är " +"omständigheter som kräver en totalt ominstallation av ditt system mycket " +"ovanliga; kanske mekaniska fel på hårddisken kan vara de mest vanliga " +"orsakerna." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:27 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS." -msgstr "Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta program du använder ominstalleras för att fungera korrekt i det nya operativsystemet." +msgid "" +"Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be " +"performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS " +"versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the " +"programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS." +msgstr "" +"Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs " +"när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av " +"operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta " +"program du använder ominstalleras för att fungera korrekt i det nya " +"operativsystemet." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:35 #, no-c-format -msgid "Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system." -msgstr "Under &debian; är det mycket möjligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas istället för att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en total fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Programmen är nästan alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en ny programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem att se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och installeras så tänk på det som din absolut sista utväg. Installeraren är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad att ominstalleras över ett existerande system." +msgid "" +"Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather " +"than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale " +"installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost " +"always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version " +"requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that " +"all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The " +"point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-" +"installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system." +msgstr "" +"Under &debian; är det mycket möjligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas " +"istället för att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en " +"total fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Programmen " +"är nästan alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en " +"ny programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem " +"att se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och " +"installeras så tänk på det som din absolut sista utväg. Installeraren är " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad att ominstalleras över ett existerande " +"system." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation process." -msgstr "Här är en vägkarta för de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation " +"process." +msgstr "" +"Här är en vägkarta för de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:56 #, no-c-format -msgid "Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to install." -msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera existerande data eller dokument på hårddisken där du planerar att installera." +msgid "" +"Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Säkerhetskopiera existerande data eller dokument på hårddisken där du " +"planerar att installera." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:62 #, no-c-format -msgid "Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before starting the installation." -msgstr "Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation före du startar installationen." +msgid "" +"Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before " +"starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation före du " +"startar installationen." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:68 @@ -76,14 +128,22 @@ msgstr "Skapa partitioneringsbart utrymme för Debian på din hårddisk." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:73 #, no-c-format -msgid "Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)." -msgstr "Hitta och/eller ladda ner installationsprogramvaran och eventuella specialdrivare som din maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)." +msgid "" +"Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver " +"files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)." +msgstr "" +"Hitta och/eller ladda ner installationsprogramvaran och eventuella " +"specialdrivare som din maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD users can boot from one of the CDs)." -msgstr "Ställ in band/disketter/USB-minnen för uppstart eller placera uppstartsfiler (de flesta användare med Debian-cd:s kan starta upp från en av cd-skivorna)." +msgid "" +"Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD " +"users can boot from one of the CDs)." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in band/disketter/USB-minnen för uppstart eller placera uppstartsfiler " +"(de flesta användare med Debian-cd:s kan starta upp från en av cd-skivorna)." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:85 @@ -111,7 +171,6 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera ett nätverkssgränssnitt" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:106 -#: preparing.xml:140 #, no-c-format msgid "Open a ssh connection to the new system." msgstr "Öppna en ssh-anslutning till det nya systemet." @@ -131,1784 +190,2516 @@ msgstr "Skapa och montera partitioner på vilka Debian kommer att installeras." #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:122 #, no-c-format -msgid "Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>." +msgid "" +"Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</" +"firstterm>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/or your existing system." +msgid "" +"Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/" +"or your existing system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "Load the newly installed system for the first time, and make some initial system settings." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:145 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Install additional software (<firstterm>tasks</firstterm> and/or <firstterm>packages</firstterm>), at your discretion." +msgid "Load the newly installed system for the first time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:153 +#: preparing.xml:141 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software actors in this installation drama:" +msgid "" +"If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which " +"packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software " +"actors in this installation drama:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:159 +#: preparing.xml:147 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network connection, and runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base system packages. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but <classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load the new system for the first time." +msgid "" +"The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the " +"primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate " +"drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network " +"connection, and runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base " +"system packages. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but " +"<classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load " +"the new system for the first time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:169 +#: preparing.xml:157 #, no-c-format -msgid "Upon loading the new base system, <classname>base-config</classname> supervises adding users, setting a time zone (via <classname>tzsetup</classname>), and setting up the package installation system (using <classname>apt-setup</classname>). It then launches <classname>tasksel</classname> which can be used to select large groups of related programs, and in turn can run <classname>aptitude</classname> which allows you to choose individual software packages." +msgid "" +"To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you " +"to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web " +"server or a Desktop environment." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:179 +#: preparing.xml:163 #, no-c-format -msgid "When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be installed unless you select it during the final steps, with either <classname>tasksel</classname> or <classname>aptitude</classname>. It's optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." +msgid "" +"When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first " +"system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The " +"graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be " +"installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's " +"optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have " +"any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:190 +#: preparing.xml:172 #, no-c-format -msgid "Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from <classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more complicated. Installation and trouble shooting of the X window installation is not within the scope of this manual." +msgid "" +"Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from " +"<classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more " +"complicated. Installation and trouble shooting of the X window installation " +"is not within the scope of this manual." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:206 +#: preparing.xml:188 #, no-c-format msgid "Back Up Your Existing Data!" msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera din existerande data!" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:207 +#: preparing.xml:189 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you should count on losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move can cost you. Even after backing up be careful and think about your answers and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work." +msgid "" +"Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your " +"system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been " +"installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition " +"your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you " +"should count on losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you " +"use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most " +"have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move " +"can cost you. Even after backing up be careful and think about your answers " +"and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:220 +#: preparing.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions." +msgid "" +"If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the " +"distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. " +"Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have " +"to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole " +"operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:231 +#: preparing.xml:213 #, no-c-format -msgid "With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the <quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs." +msgid "" +"With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only " +"supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk " +"or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you " +"will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to " +"boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the " +"<quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:249 +#: preparing.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "Information You Will Need" msgstr "Information du behöver" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:252 +#: preparing.xml:234 #, no-c-format msgid "Documentation" msgstr "Dokumentation" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:255 +#: preparing.xml:237 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Manual" msgstr "Installationsmanual" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:257 +#: preparing.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format." msgstr "" #. Tag: itemizedlist -#: preparing.xml:263 +#: preparing.xml:245 #, no-c-format msgid "&list-install-manual-files;" msgstr "&list-install-manual-files;" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:269 +#: preparing.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and translations</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the " +"Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in " +"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and " +"translations</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:278 +#: preparing.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the " +"Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=" +"\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:290 +#: preparing.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware documentation" msgstr "Hårdvarudokumentation" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:291 +#: preparing.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." +msgid "" +"Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." msgstr "" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:302 +#: preparing.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO" msgstr "Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:308 +#: preparing.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/m68k FAQ" msgstr "Linux/m68k FAQ" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:314 +#: preparing.xml:296 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/Alpha FAQ" msgstr "Linux/Alpha FAQ" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:320 +#: preparing.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ" msgstr "Linux för SPARC-processorer FAQ" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:326 +#: preparing.xml:308 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/Mips website" msgstr "Linux/Mips webbplats" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:335 +#: preparing.xml:317 #, no-c-format msgid "&arch-title; Hardware References" msgstr "&arch-title; hårdvarureferenser" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:336 +#: preparing.xml:318 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4" +msgid "" +"Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, " +"z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4" msgstr "" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:348 +#: preparing.xml:330 #, no-c-format msgid "Device Drivers and Installation Commands" msgstr "Enhetsdrivare och installationskommandon" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:353 +#: preparing.xml:335 #, no-c-format -msgid "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and &arch-title; hardware." -msgstr "IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-title;-hårdvara." +msgid "" +"IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and " +"&arch-title; hardware." +msgstr "" +"IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-" +"title;-hårdvara." #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:363 +#: preparing.xml:345 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for &arch-title;" msgstr "Linux för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:369 +#: preparing.xml:351 #, no-c-format -msgid "IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the same across all &arch-title; distributions." +msgid "" +"IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. " +"It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the " +"same across all &arch-title; distributions." msgstr "" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:380 +#: preparing.xml:362 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions" msgstr "Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: Utgåvor" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:390 +#: preparing.xml:372 #, no-c-format msgid "Finding Sources of Hardware Information" msgstr "Hitta källor med information om hårdvara" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:391 +#: preparing.xml:373 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with your hardware before the install." +msgid "" +"In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your " +"hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with " +"your hardware before the install." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:397 +#: preparing.xml:379 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware information can be gathered from:" msgstr "Hårdvaruinformation kan samlas in från:" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:404 +#: preparing.xml:386 #, no-c-format msgid "The manuals that come with each piece of hardware." msgstr "Manualerna som kommer med varje hårdvarudel." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:409 +#: preparing.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." +msgid "" +"The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you " +"start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for " +"the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:416 +#: preparing.xml:398 #, no-c-format msgid "The cases and boxes for each piece of hardware." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:422 +#: preparing.xml:404 #, no-c-format msgid "The System window in the Windows Control Panel." msgstr "Systemfönstret i Windows kontrollpanel." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:428 +#: preparing.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and hard drive memory." +msgid "" +"System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager " +"displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and " +"hard drive memory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:435 +#: preparing.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail." +msgid "" +"Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can " +"tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Information Needed for an Install" msgstr "Hårdvaruinformation som behövs för en installation" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:451 +#: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hårdvara" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:451 +#: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "Information You Might Need" msgstr "Information du kanske behöver" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 +#: preparing.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drives" msgstr "Hårddiskar" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:458 +#: preparing.xml:440 #, no-c-format msgid "How many you have." msgstr "Hur många du har." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "Deras ordning i systemet." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:462 +#: preparing.xml:444 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "Om IDE eller SCSI används (de flesta datorer använder IDE)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:464 -#: preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:446 preparing.xml:498 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "Tillgängligt ledigt utrymme." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:447 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "Partitioner." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:467 +#: preparing.xml:449 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "Partitioner där andra operativsystem är installerade." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Skärm" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 -#: preparing.xml:492 -#: preparing.xml:498 -#: preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:454 preparing.xml:474 preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "Modell och tillverkare." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:474 +#: preparing.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "Upplösningar som stöds." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:475 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "Horisontell uppdateringsfrekvens." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 +#: preparing.xml:458 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "Vertikal uppdateringsfrekvens." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:478 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "Färgdjup (antal färger) som stöds." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:480 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "Skärmstorlek." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:483 +#: preparing.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Mus" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:484 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "Typ: seriell, PS/2 eller USB." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:486 +#: preparing.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "Port." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:487 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "Tillverkare." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "Antal knappar." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 -#: preparing.xml:519 +#: preparing.xml:473 preparing.xml:501 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "Nätverk" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:494 -#: preparing.xml:520 +#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "Typ av adapter." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:497 +#: preparing.xml:479 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "Skrivare" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:500 +#: preparing.xml:482 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "Utskriftsupplösningar som stöds." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:503 +#: preparing.xml:485 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "Grafikkort" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:506 +#: preparing.xml:488 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "Tillgängligt videominne." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format -msgid "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your monitor's capabilities)." -msgstr "Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din skärm klarar av)." +msgid "" +"Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " +"monitor's capabilities)." +msgstr "" +"Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din " +"skärm klarar av)." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:513 +#: preparing.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:514 +#: preparing.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "Enhetsnummer." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:522 +#: preparing.xml:504 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "Enhetsnummer." #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:523 +#: preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:531 +#: preparing.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "Hårdvarukompatibilitet" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:533 +#: preparing.xml:515 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many different types of hardware as some operating systems." +msgid "" +"Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " +"for Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many " +"different types of hardware as some operating systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:539 +#: preparing.xml:521 #, no-c-format -msgid "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running version of Windows to work." +msgid "" +"In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " +"version of Windows to work." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:544 +#: preparing.xml:526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they can quickly become obsolete." +msgid "" +"Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " +"so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-" +"specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they " +"can quickly become obsolete." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:533 #, no-c-format -msgid "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." +msgid "" +"So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " +"printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:556 +#: preparing.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:561 +#: preparing.xml:543 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:566 +#: preparing.xml:548 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." +msgid "" +"Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " +"known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:573 +#: preparing.xml:555 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to your architecture." +msgid "" +"Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " +"your architecture." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:579 +#: preparing.xml:561 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:590 +#: preparing.xml:572 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Nätverksinställningar" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:592 +#: preparing.xml:574 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your network's system administrator for this information." +msgid "" +"If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " +"or equivalent connection — not a PPP connection), you should ask your " +"network's system administrator for this information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "Ditt domännamn." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:609 +#: preparing.xml:591 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "Din dators IP-address." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:614 +#: preparing.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:619 +#: preparing.xml:601 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." +msgid "" +"The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " +"network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:607 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name Service) server." +msgid "" +"The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " +"Service) server." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:633 +#: preparing.xml:615 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the installation process." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " +"available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because " +"the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the " +"installation process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:640 +#: preparing.xml:622 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:645 +#: preparing.xml:627 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "ESSID för ditt trådlösa nätverk." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:650 +#: preparing.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:667 +#: preparing.xml:649 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Matcha minimumkrav för hårdvara" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:668 +#: preparing.xml:650 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to do." +msgid "" +"Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " +"that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to " +"do." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:674 +#: preparing.xml:656 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." +msgid "" +"Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " +"recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk " +"being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:680 +#: preparing.xml:662 #, no-c-format -msgid "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium II-300 for a Server." +msgid "" +"A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " +"II-300 for a Server." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:685 +#: preparing.xml:667 #, no-c-format -msgid "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by with a little less drive space than shown." +msgid "" +"A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " +"with a little less drive space than shown." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:690 +#: preparing.xml:672 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." +msgid "" +"Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " +"servers, a minimum 132-Mhz machine is recommended." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "Installationstyp" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>RAM</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "hårddisk" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "Ingen skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:710 +#: preparing.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:711 +#: preparing.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:713 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "Med skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:714 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:715 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 gigabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:717 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:718 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 megabyte" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 gigabyte" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:724 +#: preparing.xml:706 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " +"get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by " +"referring to <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:734 +#: preparing.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "Standardserver" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:735 +#: preparing.xml:717 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." +msgid "" +"This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " +"not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP server, a web " +"server, DNS, NIS, and POP. For these 100MB of disk space would suffice, and " +"then you would need to add space for any data you serve up." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:747 +#: preparing.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbord" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:748 +#: preparing.xml:730 #, no-c-format -msgid "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard desktop task, though it can be done in far less." +msgid "" +"A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " +"environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the standard " +"desktop task, though it can be done in far less." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:758 +#: preparing.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "Arbetskonsoll" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:759 +#: preparing.xml:741 #, no-c-format -msgid "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is around 140MB." +msgid "" +"A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " +"applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size is " +"around 140MB." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:769 +#: preparing.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "Utvecklare" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:770 +#: preparing.xml:752 #, no-c-format -msgid "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of machine." +msgid "" +"A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " +"etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some additional " +"packages for other uses, you should plan around 800MB for this type of " +"machine." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:780 +#: preparing.xml:762 #, no-c-format -msgid "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." +msgid "" +"Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " +"usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best " +"to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data. " +"Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state " +"information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents like " +"logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all " +"installed packages) can easily consume 20MB. Also, <command>apt-get</" +"command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should " +"usually allocate at least 100MB for <filename>/var</filename>." msgstr "" # Kolla denna #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:804 +#: preparing.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "För-partionering för system med flera operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:805 +#: preparing.xml:787 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one room it doesn't affect any other room." +msgid "" +"Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " +"into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly " +"equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one " +"room it doesn't affect any other room." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:812 +#: preparing.xml:794 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." +msgid "" +"Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " +"this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine " +"means an LPAR or VM guest in this case." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:818 +#: preparing.xml:800 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." +msgid "" +"If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" +"\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, " +"…) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, " +"Windows NT, FreeBSD, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, " +"OS/390, …) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac " +"OS, …) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will " +"need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. " +"It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to " +"share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. " +"At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:845 +#: preparing.xml:827 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show existing partitions without making changes." +msgid "" +"You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " +"partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"i386\">, " +"such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as " +"Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as " +"HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as " +"the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show " +"existing partitions without making changes." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:855 +#: preparing.xml:837 #, no-c-format -msgid "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you risk destroying it." +msgid "" +"In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " +"destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before " +"doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably " +"want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you " +"risk destroying it." msgstr "" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:865 +#: preparing.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:867 +#: preparing.xml:849 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included partitioning program can handle the job nicely." +msgid "" +"If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " +"of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition " +"that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included " +"partitioning program can handle the job nicely." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs." +msgid "" +"If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " +"replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to " +"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), " +"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if " +"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a " +"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, " +"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus " +"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the " +"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate " +"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes " +"or CDs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:889 +#: preparing.xml:871 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that force you to partition before installing anyway." +msgid "" +"If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " +"provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can " +"wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still " +"read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances " +"like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that " +"force you to partition before installing anyway." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:899 +#: preparing.xml:881 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the filesystem." +msgid "" +"If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " +"you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the " +"filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:905 +#: preparing.xml:887 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to retain." +msgid "" +"If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " +"starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some " +"of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should " +"create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. " +"We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create " +"partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you " +"should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to " +"retain." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:917 +#: preparing.xml:899 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." +msgid "" +"If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " +"machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux " +"installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to " +"start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:925 +#: preparing.xml:907 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native system first saves you trouble." +msgid "" +"You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " +"system first saves you trouble." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:930 +#: preparing.xml:912 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, and replace it with Linux partitions." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " +"partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; " +"you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</" +"emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions " +"dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the " +"placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, " +"and replace it with Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:942 +#: preparing.xml:924 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system and Debian, you will need to:" +msgid "" +"If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " +"desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system " +"and Debian, you will need to:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:931 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:954 +#: preparing.xml:936 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active MacOS system.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " +"tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the " +"<keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active " +"MacOS system.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:964 +#: preparing.xml:946 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." +msgid "" +"Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " +"Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:971 +#: preparing.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:976 +#: preparing.xml:958 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download the Debian installer boot files." +msgid "" +"Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " +"the Debian installer boot files." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:996 +#: preparing.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Partitionering i Tru64 UNIX" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:997 +#: preparing.xml:979 #, no-c-format -msgid "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." +msgid "" +"Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " +"as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</" +"quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The " +"partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in " +"Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</" +"quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</" +"quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. " +"For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be " +"called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1009 +#: preparing.xml:991 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." +msgid "" +"Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " +"used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the " +"entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux " +"this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> " +"(<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so " +"on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle " +"overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not " +"recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 " +"disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1022 +#: preparing.xml:1004 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file system onto it, or you'll destroy data." +msgid "" +"Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " +"start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot " +"block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you " +"need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that " +"this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file " +"system onto it, or you'll destroy data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1031 +#: preparing.xml:1013 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a <command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." +msgid "" +"It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " +"between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a " +"<command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is " +"rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You " +"may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts " +"before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1040 +#: preparing.xml:1022 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only understands the former." +msgid "" +"If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " +"use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only " +"understands the former." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1031 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Partitionering i Windows NT" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1051 +#: preparing.xml:1033 #, no-c-format -msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information." +msgid "" +"Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " +"existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native " +"Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk " +"from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to " +"partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a " +"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer you " +"to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you " +"have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will " +"destroy the partition information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1064 +#: preparing.xml:1046 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." +msgid "" +"If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " +"need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows " +"NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this " +"purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you " +"already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other " +"media, Debian can still be booted from ARC." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1081 +#: preparing.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1082 +#: preparing.xml:1064 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." +msgid "" +"If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " +"that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. " +"Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the " +"Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1090 +#: preparing.xml:1072 #, no-c-format -msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." +msgid "" +"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), nor a new " +"(post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must " +"locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to " +"put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive " +"(usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require " +"that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1086 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1107 +#: preparing.xml:1089 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the method described below." +msgid "" +"One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " +"DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, " +"XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without " +"destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of " +"FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the " +"installer, select the option to <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manually edit " +"partition table</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, select the partition to resize, " +"and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the " +"method described below." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1119 +#: preparing.xml:1101 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a file system." +msgid "" +"Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " +"up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two " +"pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for " +"Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity " +"to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a " +"file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1128 +#: preparing.xml:1110 #, no-c-format -msgid "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from the partition." +msgid "" +"The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " +"changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is " +"important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and " +"repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end " +"of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from " +"the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1137 +#: preparing.xml:1119 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</emphasis> you defragment the disk." +msgid "" +"The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " +"available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest " +"Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</" +"filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> " +"to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command " +"<filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with " +"very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need " +"to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk " +"manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</" +"emphasis> you defragment the disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1150 +#: preparing.xml:1132 #, no-c-format -msgid "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used in Windows 95 and higher." +msgid "" +"The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " +"partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and " +"later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation " +"for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have " +"Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS " +"doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used " +"in Windows 95 and higher." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1160 +#: preparing.xml:1142 #, no-c-format -msgid "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." +msgid "" +"After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " +"reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy " +"drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1166 +#: preparing.xml:1148 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case <command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." +msgid "" +"Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " +"<command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1174 +#: preparing.xml:1156 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "Partitionering för DOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1158 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other weird errors in DOS or Windows." +msgid "" +"If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " +"partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with " +"the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow " +"performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other " +"weird errors in DOS or Windows." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1184 +#: preparing.xml:1166 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. Do this prior to running DOS's <command>format</command> command, from Linux:" +msgid "" +"Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " +"good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. Do this prior to running " +"DOS's <command>format</command> command, from Linux:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1190 +#: preparing.xml:1172 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1201 +#: preparing.xml:1183 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "Partitionering i AmigaOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1202 +#: preparing.xml:1184 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." +msgid "" +"If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " +"program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1210 +#: preparing.xml:1192 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1211 +#: preparing.xml:1193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the whole disk inaccessible." +msgid "" +"Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " +"data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory " +"installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), " +"for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the " +"appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process " +"from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use " +"the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the " +"whole disk inaccessible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1222 +#: preparing.xml:1204 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari <command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft GmBH)." +msgid "" +"There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " +"<command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition " +"ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The " +"following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft " +"GmBH)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1231 +#: preparing.xml:1213 #, no-c-format -msgid "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." +msgid "" +"Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " +"(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1237 +#: preparing.xml:1219 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably the best choice." +msgid "" +"From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" +"guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, " +"or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. " +"Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only " +"want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably " +"the best choice." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1247 +#: preparing.xml:1229 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." +msgid "" +"For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" +"guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window " +"shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll " +"buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition " +"list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When " +"you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving " +"the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1259 +#: preparing.xml:1241 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." +msgid "" +"For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " +"change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> " +"in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the " +"location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save " +"changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1269 +#: preparing.xml:1251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." +msgid "" +"Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " +"for use with Linux — see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1275 +#: preparing.xml:1257 #, no-c-format -msgid "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." +msgid "" +"Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " +"item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make " +"sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM " +"partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told " +"you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1287 +#: preparing.xml:1269 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). <command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; select the tool that suits your needs." +msgid "" +"There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" +"command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition " +"your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition " +"editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this " +"crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). " +"<command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of " +"which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; " +"select the tool that suits your needs." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1302 +#: preparing.xml:1284 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "Partitionering i MacOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1303 +#: preparing.xml:1285 #, no-c-format -msgid "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch <command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." +msgid "" +"Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " +"<command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 " +"(FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</" +"command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</" +"command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a " +"patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch " +"<command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found " +"at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1314 +#: preparing.xml:1296 #, no-c-format -msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux FTP server." +msgid "" +"For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " +"create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning " +"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available from the MkLinux " +"FTP server." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1330 +#: preparing.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "Partitionering från SunOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1332 +#: preparing.xml:1314 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 (CDROM) partitions." +msgid "" +"It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " +"both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you " +"partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel " +"understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. Just make sure " +"you leave room for the Debian root partition within the first 1GB area of " +"the boot disk. You can also place the kernel image on a UFS partition if " +"that is easier than putting the root partition there. SILO supports booting " +"Linux and SunOS from either EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs and iso9660 " +"(CDROM) partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1329 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Partitionering från Linux eller annat OS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1349 +#: preparing.xml:1331 #, no-c-format -msgid "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely occur." +msgid "" +"Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " +"<quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of " +"partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only " +"scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</" +"keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on " +"drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive " +"that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must " +"create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely " +"occur." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1361 +#: preparing.xml:1343 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " +"small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</" +"command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1376 +#: preparing.xml:1358 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "MacOS/OSX-partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1378 +#: preparing.xml:1360 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</application>." +msgid "" +"The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " +"the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not " +"adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at " +"once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</" +"application>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1385 +#: preparing.xml:1367 #, no-c-format -msgid "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." +msgid "" +"Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " +"positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it " +"will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1391 +#: preparing.xml:1373 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." +msgid "" +"If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " +"separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same " +"partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used " +"to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made " +"at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X " +"will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and " +"separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> " +"boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable " +"partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X " +"partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1404 +#: preparing.xml:1386 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " +"support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two " +"types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka " +"MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/" +"Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT " +"partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1424 +#: preparing.xml:1406 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1425 +#: preparing.xml:1407 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are also highlighted." +msgid "" +"This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " +"that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this " +"involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. " +"The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is " +"most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known " +"hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are " +"also highlighted." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1442 +#: preparing.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1444 +#: preparing.xml:1426 #, no-c-format -msgid "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." +msgid "" +"BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " +"operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a " +"BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, " +"you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not " +"doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1435 #, no-c-format -msgid "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" +msgid "" +"The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" +"ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration " +"menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) " +"configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1467 +#: preparing.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1468 +#: preparing.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1476 +#: preparing.xml:1458 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1477 +#: preparing.xml:1459 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1486 +#: preparing.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1487 +#: preparing.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1494 +#: preparing.xml:1476 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1477 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " +"</keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1509 +#: preparing.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1510 +#: preparing.xml:1492 #, no-c-format -msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" +msgid "" +"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" +"keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</" +"keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1526 +#: preparing.xml:1508 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" +"\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1531 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " +"They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the " +"Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using " +"a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></" +"ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1542 -#: preparing.xml:1885 +#: preparing.xml:1524 preparing.xml:1867 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "Val av uppstartsenhet" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1544 +#: preparing.xml:1526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on <filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." +msgid "" +"Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " +"bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on " +"<filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first " +"CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:" +"</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). " +"This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, " +"which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1555 +#: preparing.xml:1537 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." +msgid "" +"If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " +"it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is " +"enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1562 +#: preparing.xml:1544 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other popular option is to boot from a USB storage (also called USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device." +msgid "" +"Other popular option is to boot from a USB storage (also called USB memory " +"stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some " +"cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>Removable " +"drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the " +"USB device." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1570 +#: preparing.xml:1552 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from the hard drive." +msgid "" +"Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " +"boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from " +"the hard drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1579 +#: preparing.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med IDE" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1582 +#: preparing.xml:1564 #, no-c-format -msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." +msgid "" +"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " +"is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware " +"documentation for the exact keystrokes." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1589 +#: preparing.xml:1571 #, no-c-format -msgid "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." +msgid "" +"Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " +"BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1594 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C är hårddisken och A är diskettenheten." #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1605 +#: preparing.xml:1587 #, no-c-format -msgid "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys cycle through the possible choices." +msgid "" +"Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " +"Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys " +"cycle through the possible choices." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1595 #, no-c-format -msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer." +msgid "" +"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " +"changes on your computer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1623 +#: preparing.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med SCSI" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1627 +#: preparing.xml:1609 #, no-c-format -msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." +msgid "" +"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." +msgid "" +"You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " +"about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1638 +#: preparing.xml:1620 #, no-c-format -msgid "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." +msgid "" +"The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " +"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, " +"consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1646 +#: preparing.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1651 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." +msgid "" +"Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1639 #, no-c-format -msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." +msgid "" +"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " +"changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "Blandade BIOS-inställningar" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1673 +#: preparing.xml:1655 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "Cd-rom-inställningar" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1674 +#: preparing.xml:1656 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be your problem." +msgid "" +"Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " +"speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. " +"If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be " +"your problem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1684 +#: preparing.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1685 +#: preparing.xml:1667 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended memory and cannot use expanded memory." +msgid "" +"If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " +"ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much " +"extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended " +"memory and cannot use expanded memory." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1695 +#: preparing.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "Virusskydd" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1696 +#: preparing.xml:1678 #, no-c-format -msgid "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." +msgid "" +"Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " +"virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled " +"or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with " +"GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory " +"of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After " +"installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers " +"no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a " +"catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) " +"after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1717 +#: preparing.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "Shadow RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1718 +#: preparing.xml:1700 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." +msgid "" +"Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " +"caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, " +"<quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all " +"shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your " +"motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these " +"ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software " +"in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may " +"make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the " +"shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1735 +#: preparing.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "Minneshål" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1736 +#: preparing.xml:1718 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have that much RAM." +msgid "" +"If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" +"quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have " +"that much RAM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1742 +#: preparing.xml:1724 #, no-c-format -msgid "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just worked with that setting and not without it." +msgid "" +"We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " +"option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This " +"had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set " +"it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was " +"not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we " +"don't understand what's going on with this particular device — it just " +"worked with that setting and not without it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1758 +#: preparing.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1759 +#: preparing.xml:1741 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-management than the BIOS." +msgid "" +"If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " +"so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, " +"suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. " +"Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-" +"management than the BIOS." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1777 +#: preparing.xml:1759 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1779 +#: preparing.xml:1761 #, no-c-format -msgid "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of charge." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " +"firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the " +"appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 " +"is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers " +"preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting " +"in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using " +"BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as " +"standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of " +"charge." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1802 +#: preparing.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1803 +#: preparing.xml:1785 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came with your machine." +msgid "" +"There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" +"title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but " +"unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to " +"manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came " +"with your machine." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1811 +#: preparing.xml:1793 #, no-c-format -msgid "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more hints." +msgid "" +"On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</" +"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check " +"for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model " +"to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more " +"hints." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1820 +#: preparing.xml:1802 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "ok\n" "0 >\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to interact with OpenFirmware." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the " +"default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is " +"through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these " +"machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program " +"running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to " +"interact with OpenFirmware." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1833 +#: preparing.xml:1815 #, no-c-format -msgid "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, and launching it, select the Save button to have the firmware patches installed to nvram." +msgid "" +"The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " +"is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard " +"drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the " +"<application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple " +"at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/" +"SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, " +"and launching it, select the Save button to have the firmware patches " +"installed to nvram." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1852 +#: preparing.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1854 +#: preparing.xml:1836 #, no-c-format -msgid "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, such as diagnostics, simple scripts, etc." +msgid "" +"OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " +"architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 " +"architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth " +"interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, " +"such as diagnostics, simple scripts, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1862 +#: preparing.xml:1844 #, no-c-format -msgid "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the <keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either <userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." +msgid "" +"To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " +"key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have " +"a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the " +"<keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either " +"<userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>></userinput>. It is preferred to " +"have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style " +"prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1856 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your terminal emulator if you are using a different program." +msgid "" +"If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " +"Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, " +"then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your " +"terminal emulator if you are using a different program." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1887 +#: preparing.xml:1869 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how OpenBoot names devices; it's much different from Linux device naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +msgid "" +"You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " +"default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how " +"OpenBoot names devices; it's much different from Linux device naming, " +"described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command will vary a " +"bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More information about " +"OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot " +"Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1897 +#: preparing.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot device such as <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot device names have the form <informalexample> <screen>\n" +"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot device such as " +"<quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, " +"<quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious " +"meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. " +"Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, " +"such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot " +"device names have the form <informalexample> <screen>\n" "<replaceable>driver-name</replaceable>@\n" "<replaceable>unit-address</replaceable>:\n" "<replaceable>device-arguments</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." +"</screen></informalexample>. In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming " +"is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI " +"disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</" +"replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-" +"lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in " +"newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured " +"devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1920 +#: preparing.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot 1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as " +"the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the " +"name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot " +"1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</" +"replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command " +"<userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. " +"Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command " +"on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/" +"options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo disk1:1 > /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n" "</screen></informalexample> and under Solaris:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1939 +#: preparing.xml:1921 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1931 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "BIOS-inställning" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1950 +#: preparing.xml:1932 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." +msgid "" +"In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " +"first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is " +"inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there " +"are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big " +"difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time " +"you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like " +"telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where " +"the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1962 +#: preparing.xml:1944 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this option is available for you." +msgid "" +"Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" +"called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM " +"system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some " +"other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For " +"example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot " +"from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this " +"option is available for you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1972 +#: preparing.xml:1954 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." +msgid "" +"Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " +"and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole " +"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually boot " +"from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor " +"necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data " +"is needed and where do you find them. Based on both sources of information " +"you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium and to perform " +"a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session join " +"this document again for the Debian-specific installation steps." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1989 +#: preparing.xml:1971 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1990 +#: preparing.xml:1972 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." +msgid "" +"Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" +"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook " +"and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: " +"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2004 +#: preparing.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2006 +#: preparing.xml:1988 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." +msgid "" +"Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" +"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook " +"and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/" +"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: " +"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2016 +#: preparing.xml:1998 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed record length of 80 characters." +msgid "" +"You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" +"directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</" +"filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed " +"record length of 80 characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2028 +#: preparing.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "Ställa in en installationsserver" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2030 +#: preparing.xml:2012 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." +msgid "" +"If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " +"proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed " +"from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and " +"must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2038 +#: preparing.xml:2020 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any &debian; mirror but of only the s390 and architecture-independent files are required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a directory tree." +msgid "" +"The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " +"&debian; mirror but of only the s390 and architecture-independent files are " +"required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a " +"directory tree." msgstr "" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2047 +#: preparing.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2053 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "Hårdvaruproblem att se upp för" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2054 +#: preparing.xml:2036 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the <command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to its rated value solved the problem." +msgid "" +"Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " +"sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and can " +"actually damage your system. One of the authors of this document over-" +"clocked his own system for a year, and then the system started aborting the " +"<command>gcc</command> program with an unexpected signal while it was " +"compiling the operating system kernel. Turning the CPU speed back down to " +"its rated value solved the problem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2064 +#: preparing.xml:2046 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be <command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." +msgid "" +"The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " +"memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data unpredictably) " +"because it builds huge data structures that it traverses repeatedly. An " +"error in these data structures will cause it to execute an illegal " +"instruction or access a non-existent address. The symptom of this will be " +"<command>gcc</command> dying from an unexpected signal." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2074 +#: preparing.xml:2056 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" -msgstr "Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-användare kan behöva att exkludera RAM genom en booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av denna behövs. </emphasis></phrase>" +msgid "" +"Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " +"encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. " +"Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase " +"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </" +"emphasis></phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du " +"upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-" +"användare kan behöva att exkludera RAM genom en booter memfile. <phrase " +"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av denna behövs. </" +"emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2086 +#: preparing.xml:2068 #, no-c-format -msgid "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." +msgid "" +"The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " +"your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't have a " +"way to fix the error, thus they generally crash immediately after they tell " +"you about the bad RAM. Still, it's better to be told you have bad memory " +"than to have it silently insert errors in your data. Thus, the best systems " +"have motherboards that support parity and true-parity memory modules; see " +"<xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2097 +#: preparing.xml:2079 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on memory parity errors." +msgid "" +"If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " +"to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt on " +"memory parity errors." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2105 +#: preparing.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "Turbo-knappen" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2088 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the turbo switch." +msgid "" +"Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " +"speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you to " +"disable software control of the turbo switch (or software control of CPU " +"speed), do so and lock the system in high-speed mode. We have one report " +"that on a particular system, while Linux is auto-probing (looking for " +"hardware devices) it can accidentally touch the software control for the " +"turbo switch." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2119 +#: preparing.xml:2101 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix CPU:er och diskettfel" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2120 +#: preparing.xml:2102 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with the cache disabled." +msgid "" +"Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " +"during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. If " +"you have to do this, be sure to re-enable your cache when you are finished " +"with installation, as the system runs <emphasis>much</emphasis> slower with " +"the cache disabled." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2128 +#: preparing.xml:2110 #, no-c-format -msgid "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." +msgid "" +"We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " +"something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the " +"problem. For the technically curious, we suspect a problem with the cache " +"being invalid after a switch from 16-bit to 32-bit code." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2138 +#: preparing.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "Inställningar för tillbehörshårdvara" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2139 +#: preparing.xml:2121 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." +msgid "" +"You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " +"peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on jumpers. " +"This document cannot hope to provide complete information on every hardware " +"device; what it hopes to provide is useful tips." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2146 +#: preparing.xml:2128 #, no-c-format -msgid "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount of RAM in your system." +msgid "" +"If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " +"mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 " +"megabyte) or at an address at least 1 megabyte greater than the total amount " +"of RAM in your system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2157 +#: preparing.xml:2139 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "USB BIOS-stöd och tangentbord" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2140 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> options." +msgid "" +"If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " +"enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the " +"installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for " +"some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support " +"if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look " +"in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB " +"keyboard support</quote> options." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2171 +#: preparing.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "Mer än 64 MB RAM" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2172 +#: preparing.xml:2154 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " +"is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" - diff --git a/po/sv/preseed.po b/po/sv/preseed.po index 3e43ec5c2..83b426081 100755 --- a/po/sv/preseed.po +++ b/po/sv/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-29 01:13+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:411 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -45,29 +45,21 @@ msgstr "Introduktion" #: preseed.xml:32 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions without having to " -"manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it " -"possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some " -"features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:39 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Using preseeding it is possible to fill in answers to questions asked during " -"both the first stage of the installation (before the reboot into the new " -"system) and the second stage." +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:48 +#: preseed.xml:43 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding methods" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:49 +#: preseed.xml:44 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" @@ -81,7 +73,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:60 +#: preseed.xml:55 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " @@ -89,83 +81,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:69 +#: preseed.xml:64 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation method" msgstr "Installationsmetod" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:69 +#: preseed.xml:64 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd" msgstr "initrd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:70 +#: preseed.xml:65 #, no-c-format msgid "file" msgstr "fil" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:70 +#: preseed.xml:65 #, no-c-format msgid "network" msgstr "nätverk" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:76 +#: preseed.xml:71 #, no-c-format msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "CD/DVD" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:82 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:87 -#: preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:93 preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 -#: preseed.xml:102 preseed.xml:104 +#: preseed.xml:72 preseed.xml:73 preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:82 +#: preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:94 +#: preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:94 preseed.xml:98 -#: preseed.xml:103 +#: preseed.xml:74 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:93 +#: preseed.xml:98 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:81 +#: preseed.xml:76 #, no-c-format msgid "netboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:86 +#: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format msgid "" "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:91 +#: preseed.xml:86 #, no-c-format msgid "floppy based (cd-drivers)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:96 +#: preseed.xml:91 #, no-c-format msgid "floppy based (net-drivers)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:101 +#: preseed.xml:96 #, no-c-format msgid "generic/tape" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:110 +#: preseed.xml:105 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " @@ -177,7 +169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:119 +#: preseed.xml:114 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " @@ -189,7 +181,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:128 +#: preseed.xml:123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preseeding " @@ -198,13 +190,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:139 +#: preseed.xml:134 #, no-c-format msgid "Limitations" msgstr "Begränsningar" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:140 +#: preseed.xml:135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " @@ -214,13 +206,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:212 +#: preseed.xml:207 #, no-c-format msgid "Running custom commands during the installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:213 +#: preseed.xml:208 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A very powerfull and flexible option offered by the preseeding tools is the " @@ -229,7 +221,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:222 +#: preseed.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the the " @@ -237,38 +229,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:226 +#: preseed.xml:221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot " -"at the end of the first stage of the installation, but before the <filename>/" -"target</filename> filesystem has been unmounted" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"<userinput>base-config/early_command</userinput>: is run early in the second " -"stage of the installation when <command>base-config</command> is starting up" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:235 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"<userinput>base-config/late_command</userinput>: is run at the end of " -"<command>base-config</command>, just before the login prompt" +"at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> " +"filesystem has been unmounted" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:244 +#: preseed.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:245 +#: preseed.xml:232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " @@ -278,7 +254,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:254 +#: preseed.xml:241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" @@ -286,13 +262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:260 +#: preseed.xml:247 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:261 +#: preseed.xml:248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course you will first need to create a preseed file and place it in the " @@ -306,7 +282,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:272 +#: preseed.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An example preseed file that you can use as basis for your preseed file is " @@ -315,13 +291,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:281 +#: preseed.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading the preseed file" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:282 +#: preseed.xml:269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " @@ -331,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:289 +#: preseed.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " @@ -342,7 +318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:297 +#: preseed.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do specify the preseed file in the bootloader configuration, you " @@ -352,7 +328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:304 +#: preseed.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make sure the installer gets the right preseed file, you can optionally " @@ -362,7 +338,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:312 +#: preseed.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot parameters to specify:\n" @@ -381,7 +357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:314 +#: preseed.xml:301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>debconf/" @@ -390,13 +366,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:324 +#: preseed.xml:311 #, no-c-format msgid "Using boot parameters to supplement preseeding" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:325 +#: preseed.xml:312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms " @@ -408,7 +384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:334 +#: preseed.xml:321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can " @@ -418,7 +394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:342 +#: preseed.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " @@ -429,7 +405,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:351 +#: preseed.xml:338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -438,7 +414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:358 +#: preseed.xml:345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -446,13 +422,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:368 +#: preseed.xml:355 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preseed file" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:369 +#: preseed.xml:356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -460,49 +436,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:377 +#: preseed.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "File format" msgstr "Filformat" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:380 +#: preseed.xml:367 #, no-c-format msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 +#: preseed.xml:370 #, no-c-format msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:386 +#: preseed.xml:373 #, no-c-format msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:389 +#: preseed.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:379 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a manual installation as base" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:395 +#: preseed.xml:382 #, no-c-format msgid "Finding other possible values" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:400 +#: preseed.xml:387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preseed file is valid before performing an " @@ -511,13 +487,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:397 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding the first stage of the installation" +msgid "Contents of the preseed file" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -528,13 +504,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:427 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:428 +#: preseed.xml:415 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -543,7 +519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:434 +#: preseed.xml:421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -552,7 +528,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:440 +#: preseed.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -560,7 +536,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:442 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -570,7 +546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:449 +#: preseed.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -581,7 +557,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:451 +#: preseed.xml:438 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -590,7 +566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:460 +#: preseed.xml:447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -599,13 +575,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:470 +#: preseed.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:471 +#: preseed.xml:458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -615,7 +591,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:481 +#: preseed.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -647,13 +623,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:486 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:487 +#: preseed.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may used both to " @@ -662,7 +638,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:494 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -670,7 +646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:499 +#: preseed.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -682,7 +658,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:511 +#: preseed.xml:498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -697,13 +673,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:516 +#: preseed.xml:503 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:517 +#: preseed.xml:504 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -716,7 +692,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:529 +#: preseed.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -725,7 +701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:537 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -780,13 +756,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:529 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -798,38 +774,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:549 +#: preseed.xml:536 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:550 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " "configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " -"and answers to earlier questions. Only the two variables below are relevant " -"for preseeding." +"and answers to earlier questions. Only the three variables below are " +"relevant for preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:558 +#: preseed.xml:545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" -"#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true" +"#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" +"# To avoid adding security sources, or to use a different server\n" +"# than security.debian.org.\n" +"#d-i apt-setup/security_host string" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:550 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:551 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -838,7 +817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:571 +#: preseed.xml:558 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -849,7 +828,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:581 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Root password, either in clear text\n" @@ -872,7 +851,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:583 +#: preseed.xml:570 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -885,26 +864,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:593 +#: preseed.xml:580 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:603 +#: preseed.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -929,64 +908,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:610 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:612 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" -"# which is useful in some situations.\n" -"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:618 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding the second stage of the installation" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:621 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Base config" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:623 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the final message.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " -"immediately\n" -"# after base-config finishes.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" -"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" -"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:597 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Paketval" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:629 +#: preseed.xml:598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -994,90 +922,108 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:638 +#: preseed.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard system" msgstr "Standardsystem" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:641 +#: preseed.xml:610 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop environment" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:644 +#: preseed.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "Web server" msgstr "Webbserver" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:616 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Utskriftsserver" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:650 +#: preseed.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:622 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "Filserver" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:656 +#: preseed.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "E-postserver" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:659 +#: preseed.xml:628 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL-databas" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:662 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Laptop" msgstr "Bärbar" -#. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:665 +#. Tag: para +#: preseed.xml:635 #, no-c-format -msgid "manual package selection" +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>Standard system</userinput> task." msgstr "" -#. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:669 +#. Tag: screen +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The last of these will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no " -"tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We " -"recommend always including the <userinput>Standard system</userinput> task." +"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" +"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server\n" +"\n" +"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you have\n" +"# installed, and what software you ue. The default is not to report back,\n" +"# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" +"# popular and include it on CDs.\n" +"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: preseed.xml:648 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:677 +#: preseed.xml:650 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Desktop environment\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Standard system, Web server" +"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +"\n" +"# This will prevent the installer from ejecting the CD during the reboot,\n" +"# which is useful in some situations.\n" +"#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:682 +#: preseed.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:683 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1085,7 +1031,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:690 +#: preseed.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1096,13 +1042,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:695 +#: preseed.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "X-konfiguration" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:696 +#: preseed.xml:669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1111,7 +1057,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:704 +#: preseed.xml:677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1138,13 +1084,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:709 +#: preseed.xml:682 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:711 +#: preseed.xml:684 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1157,19 +1103,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:717 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:720 +#: preseed.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Skalkommandon" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:722 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1184,27 +1130,20 @@ msgid "" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "\n" "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" -"# still a usable /target directory.\n" -"#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" -"#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" -"# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or to\n" -"# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" -"#base-config base-config/late_command \\\n" -"# string apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh" +"# still a usable /target directory. You can chroot to /target and use it\n" +"# directly, or use the apt-install and in-target commands to easily install\n" +"# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" +"#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:727 +#: preseed.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preseed files" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:728 +#: preseed.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preseed files from a preseed file. Any " @@ -1215,7 +1154,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:738 +#: preseed.xml:711 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/sv/random-bits.po b/po/sv/random-bits.po index 332b85ec3..f64b002e2 100755 --- a/po/sv/random-bits.po +++ b/po/sv/random-bits.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-27 12:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -22,433 +22,11 @@ msgstr "Blandade delar" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:11 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" -msgstr "Exempel på förkonfigurationsfil" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:13 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " -"automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-install" -"\"/>. You may want to uncomment some of the lines before using the file." -msgstr "" -"Detta är ett komplett fungerande exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil för en " -"automatiserad installation. Dess användning är förklarad i <xref linkend=" -"\"automatic-install\"/>. Du kanske vill avkommentera några av raderna före " -"du använder filen." - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:21 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " -"had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" -"continuation-character <quote>\\</quote> and extra indentation in the next " -"line. In a real preconfiguration file, these split lines have to be joined " -"into <emphasis>one single line</emphasis>. If you do not, preconfiguration " -"will fail with unpredictable results." -msgstr "" -"För att kunna presentera detta exempel på rätt sätt i manualen har vi delat " -"upp några rader. Detta indikeras av användningen av tecknet för fortsättning " -"av rad <quote>\\</quote> och extra indragning av nästa rad. I en riktig " -"förkonfigurationsfil kommer dessa delade rader att sammanfogas till " -"<emphasis>en enda rad</emphasis>. Om du inte gör det kommer " -"förkonfigurationen att misslyckas med oförutsedda resultat." - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:29 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" -"preseed;." -msgstr "" -"En <quote>tom</quote> exempelfil är tillgänglig från &urlset-example-" -"preseed;." - -#. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:41 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"#### Startup.\n" -"\n" -"# To use a preseed file, you'll first need to boot the installer,\n" -"# and tell it what preseed file to use. This is done by passing the\n" -"# kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot or by editing the\n" -"# syslinux.cfg (or similar) file and adding the parameter to the end\n" -"# of the append line(s) for the kernel.\n" -"#\n" -"# If you're netbooting, use this:\n" -"# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" -"# If you're remastering a CD, you could use this:\n" -"# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" -"# If you're installing from USB media, use this, and put the preseed file\n" -"# in the toplevel directory of the USB stick.\n" -"# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" -"# Be sure to copy this file to the location you specify.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using\n" -"# some forms of preseeding, because the questions are asked before\n" -"# the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is\n" -"# downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first.\n" -"# One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding\n" -"# of even these early steps of the installation process.\n" -"#\n" -"# If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can\n" -"# still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel\n" -"# on the command line. Just pass path/to/var=value for any of the preseed\n" -"# variables listed below.\n" -"#\n" -"# While you're at it, you may want to throw a debconf/priority=critical in\n" -"# there, to avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some.\n" -"# And you might set the timeout to 1 in syslinux.cfg to avoid needing to " -"hit\n" -"# enter to boot the installer.\n" -"#\n" -"# Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and\n" -"# 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the\n" -"# installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any\n" -"# excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer,\n" -"# you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some of the default options, like 'vga=normal' may be safely removed\n" -"# for most installations, which may allow you to add more options for\n" -"# preseeding.\n" -"\n" -"# It is not possible to use preseeding to set language, country, and\n" -"# keyboard. Instead you should use kernel parameters. Example:\n" -"# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" -"# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" -"# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" -"\n" -"#### Network configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Of course, this won't work if you're loading your preseed file from the\n" -"# network! But it's great if you're booting from CD or USB stick. You can\n" -"# also pass network config parameters in on the kernel params if you are\n" -"# loading preseed files from the network.\n" -"\n" -"# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" -"# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" -"d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" -"\n" -"# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" -"# it, this might be useful.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" -"\n" -"# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" -"#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Note that any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take\n" -"# precedence over values set here. However, setting the values still\n" -"# prevents the questions from being shown even if values come from dhcp.\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" -"\n" -"# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" -"d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" -"\n" -"#### Mirror settings.\n" -"\n" -"d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" -"d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" -"d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" -"d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" -"\n" -"#### Partitioning.\n" -"\n" -"# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" -"# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" -"# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" -" All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" -"\n" -"# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." -"txt.\n" -"# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" -"# just point at it.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" -"\n" -"# If not, you can put an entire recipe in one line. This example creates\n" -"# a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and uses the rest of the space\n" -"# for the root partition:\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" -"# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } .\n" -"# For reference, here is that same recipe in a more readable form:\n" -"# boot-root ::\n" -"# 40 50 100 ext3\n" -"# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ / }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" -"# method{ swap } format{ }\n" -"# .\n" -"\n" -"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" -"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" -"d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" -" Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" -"d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Boot loader installation.\n" -"\n" -"# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" -"# instead, uncomment this:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " -"MBR\n" -"# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" -"# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Finishing up the first stage install.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"#### Shell commands.\n" -"\n" -"# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" -"# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" -"# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" -"# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, here's\n" -"# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" -"# automatically.\n" -"\n" -"# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" -"# preseeding is read.\n" -"#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" -"# still a usable /target directory.\n" -"#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" -"#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" -"# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or to\n" -"# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" -"#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" -"# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" -"\n" -"###### Preseeding the 2nd stage of the installation.\n" -"\n" -"#### Preseeding base-config.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the final message.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " -"immediately\n" -"# after base-config finishes.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" -"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" -"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Clock and time zone setup.\n" -"\n" -"# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" -"# If you told the installer that you're in the United States, then you\n" -"# can set the time zone using this variable.\n" -"# (Choices are: Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii,\n" -"# Aleutian, Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Canada.\n" -"# (Choices are: Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" -"# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Brazil. (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" -"# DeNoronha, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" -"# Many countries have only one time zone. If you told the installer you're\n" -"# in one of those countries, you can choose its standard time zone via this\n" -"# question.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" -"# This question is asked as a fallback for countries other than those\n" -"# listed above, which have more than one time zone. You can preseed one of\n" -"# the time zones, or \"other\".\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select\n" -"\n" -"#### Account setup.\n" -"\n" -"# To preseed the root password, you have to put it in the clear in this\n" -"# file. That is not a very good idea, use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" -"\n" -"# If you want to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" -"#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can preseed the user's name and login.\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" -"#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" -"# And their password, but use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" -"\n" -"#### Apt setup.\n" -"\n" -"# This question controls what source the second stage installation uses\n" -"# for packages. Choices are cdrom, http, ftp, filesystem, edit sources list\n" -"# by hand\n" -"base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" -"\n" -"# If you choose ftp or http, you'll be asked for a country and a mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" -"base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" -"# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Do enable security updates.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Package selection.\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available.\n" -"# Available tasks as of this writing include: Desktop environment,\n" -"# Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server, Mail server,\n" -"# SQL database, Laptop, Standard system, manual package selection. The\n" -"# last of those will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no\n" -"# tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other\n" -"# way. We recommend always including the Standard system task.\n" -"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment, Standard system\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Standard system\n" -"\n" -"#### Mailer configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to\n" -"# avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" -" select no configuration at this time\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# It's a good idea to set this to whatever user account you choose to\n" -"# create. Leaving the value blank results in postmaster mail going to\n" -"# /var/mail/mail.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string\n" -"\n" -"#### X Configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know\n" -"# some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X\n" -"# configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything.\n" -"\n" -"# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" -"# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" -"\n" -"# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" -"# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility of\n" -"# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" -"# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" -"# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " -"not\n" -"# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" -" select medium\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" -" select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" -"\n" -"#### Everything else.\n" -"\n" -"# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" -"# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" -"# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" -"# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" -"# installation, and then run these commands:\n" -"# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" -"# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" -"\n" -"# If you like, you can include other preseed files into this one.\n" -"# Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from this\n" -"# file. More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" -"# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" -"# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken from\n" -"# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" -"#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" -"\n" -"# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names of\n" -"# preseed files, includes those files. For example, to switch configs based\n" -"# on a particular usb storage device (in this case, a built-in card " -"reader):\n" -"#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" -"# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-storage-" -"*/*); \\\n" -"# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" -"\n" -"# To check the format of your preseed file before performing an install,\n" -"# you can use debconf-set-selections:\n" -"# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:52 -#, no-c-format msgid "Linux Devices" msgstr "Linux-enheter" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:53 +#: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. These " @@ -461,289 +39,289 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:68 +#: random-bits.xml:27 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>fd0</filename>" msgstr "<filename>fd0</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:69 +#: random-bits.xml:28 #, no-c-format msgid "First Floppy Drive" msgstr "Första diskettenheten" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:71 +#: random-bits.xml:30 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>fd1</filename>" msgstr "<filename>fd1</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:72 +#: random-bits.xml:31 #, no-c-format msgid "Second Floppy Drive" msgstr "Andra diskettenheten" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:78 +#: random-bits.xml:37 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hda</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hda</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:79 +#: random-bits.xml:38 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Master)" msgstr "IDE-hårddisk / Cd-rom på första IDE-porten (Master)" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:81 +#: random-bits.xml:40 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdb</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdb</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:82 +#: random-bits.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "IDE-hårddisk / Cd-rom på första IDE-porten (Slav)" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:84 +#: random-bits.xml:43 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdc</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdc</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:85 +#: random-bits.xml:44 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Master)" msgstr "IDE-hårddisk / Cd-rom på andra IDE-porten (Master)" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:87 +#: random-bits.xml:46 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdd</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdd</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:88 +#: random-bits.xml:47 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "IDE-hårddisk / Cd-rom på andra IDE-porten (Slav)" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:90 +#: random-bits.xml:49 #, no-c-format msgid "hda1" msgstr "hda1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:91 +#: random-bits.xml:50 #, no-c-format msgid "First partition of the first IDE hard disk" msgstr "Första partitionen på första IDE-hårddisken" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:93 +#: random-bits.xml:52 #, no-c-format msgid "hdd15" msgstr "hdd15" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:94 +#: random-bits.xml:53 #, no-c-format msgid "Fifteenth partition of the fourth IDE hard disk" msgstr "Femtonde partitionen på fjärde IDE-hårddisken" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:100 +#: random-bits.xml:59 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sda</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sda</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:101 +#: random-bits.xml:60 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with lowest SCSI ID (e.g. 0)" msgstr "SCSI-hårddisken med lägsta SCSI ID (alltså 0)" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:103 +#: random-bits.xml:62 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sdb</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sdb</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:104 +#: random-bits.xml:63 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 1)" msgstr "SCSI-hårddisken med nästa högre SCSI ID (alltså 1)" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:106 +#: random-bits.xml:65 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sdc</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sdc</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:107 +#: random-bits.xml:66 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 2)" msgstr "SCSI-hårddisken med nästa högre SCSI ID (alltså 2)" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:109 +#: random-bits.xml:68 #, no-c-format msgid "sda1" msgstr "sda1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:110 +#: random-bits.xml:69 #, no-c-format msgid "First partition of the first SCSI hard disk" msgstr "Första partitionen på första SCSI-hårddisken" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:112 +#: random-bits.xml:71 #, no-c-format msgid "sdd10" msgstr "sdd10" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:113 +#: random-bits.xml:72 #, no-c-format msgid "Tenth partition of the fourth SCSI hard disk" msgstr "Tionde partitionen på fjärde SCSI-hårddisken" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:119 +#: random-bits.xml:78 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sr0</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sr0</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:120 +#: random-bits.xml:79 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the lowest SCSI ID" msgstr "SCSI cd-rom med lägsta SCSI ID" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:122 +#: random-bits.xml:81 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sr1</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sr1</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:123 +#: random-bits.xml:82 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the next higher SCSI ID" msgstr "SCSI cd-rom med nästa högre SCSI ID" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:129 +#: random-bits.xml:88 #, no-c-format msgid "ttyS0" msgstr "ttyS0" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:130 +#: random-bits.xml:89 #, no-c-format msgid "Serial port 0, COM1 under MS-DOS" msgstr "Seriellport 0, COM1 under MS-DOS" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:132 +#: random-bits.xml:91 #, no-c-format msgid "ttyS1" msgstr "ttyS1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:133 +#: random-bits.xml:92 #, no-c-format msgid "Serial port 1, COM2 under MS-DOS" msgstr "Seriellport 1, COM2 under MS-DOS" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:135 +#: random-bits.xml:94 #, no-c-format msgid "psaux" msgstr "psaux" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:136 +#: random-bits.xml:95 #, no-c-format msgid "PS/2 mouse device" msgstr "PS/2-musenhet" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:138 +#: random-bits.xml:97 #, no-c-format msgid "gpmdata" msgstr "gpmdata" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:139 +#: random-bits.xml:98 #, no-c-format msgid "Pseudo device, repeater data from GPM (mouse) daemon" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:145 +#: random-bits.xml:104 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom" msgstr "cdrom" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:146 +#: random-bits.xml:105 #, no-c-format msgid "Symbolic link to the CD-ROM drive" msgstr "Symbolisk länk till Cd-enheten" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:148 +#: random-bits.xml:107 #, no-c-format msgid "mouse" msgstr "mus" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:149 +#: random-bits.xml:108 #, no-c-format msgid "Symbolic link to the mouse device file" msgstr "Symbolisk länk till musenheten" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:155 +#: random-bits.xml:114 #, no-c-format msgid "null" msgstr "null" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:156 +#: random-bits.xml:115 #, no-c-format msgid "Everything pointed to this device will disappear" msgstr "Allting som pekas till denna enhet kommer att försvinna" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:158 +#: random-bits.xml:117 #, no-c-format msgid "zero" msgstr "zero" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:159 +#: random-bits.xml:118 #, no-c-format msgid "One can endlessly read zeros out of this device" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:166 +#: random-bits.xml:125 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Your Mouse" msgstr "Konfigurera din mus" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:168 +#: random-bits.xml:127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window " @@ -761,7 +339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:180 +#: random-bits.xml:139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is " @@ -773,7 +351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:189 +#: random-bits.xml:148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If gpm is disabled or not installed with some reason, make sure to set X to " @@ -785,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:199 +#: random-bits.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/" @@ -794,7 +372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:205 +#: random-bits.xml:164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when " @@ -803,7 +381,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:211 +#: random-bits.xml:170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# 3-button mouse emulation\n" @@ -817,13 +395,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:218 +#: random-bits.xml:177 #, no-c-format msgid "Disk Space Needed for Tasks" msgstr "Diskplats som behövs för uppgifter" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " @@ -831,7 +409,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:235 +#: random-bits.xml:194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -841,7 +419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:242 +#: random-bits.xml:201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -852,193 +430,193 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:255 +#: random-bits.xml:214 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "Uppgift" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:256 +#: random-bits.xml:215 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "Installerad storlek (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:257 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "Nedladdningsstorlek (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "Plats som behövs för installation (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:264 +#: random-bits.xml:223 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:224 #, no-c-format msgid "1392" msgstr "1392" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>460</entry>" msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "1852" msgstr "1852" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:271 +#: random-bits.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "Web server" msgstr "Webbserver" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:272 +#: random-bits.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>36</entry>" msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:273 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>12</entry>" msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:274 +#: random-bits.xml:233 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>48</entry>" msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:278 +#: random-bits.xml:237 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Utskriftsserver" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:279 +#: random-bits.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>168</entry>" msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:280 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>58</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:240 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>226</entry>" msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:285 +#: random-bits.xml:244 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS-server" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:286 +#: random-bits.xml:245 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:287 +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:288 random-bits.xml:301 +#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:292 +#: random-bits.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "Filserver" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:293 +#: random-bits.xml:252 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>47</entry>" msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:294 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>24</entry>" msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:295 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:299 +#: random-bits.xml:258 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "E-postserver" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:300 +#: random-bits.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>10</entry>" msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:302 +#: random-bits.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:306 +#: random-bits.xml:265 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL-databas" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:307 +#: random-bits.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>66</entry>" msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:308 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>21</entry>" msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:309 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>87</entry>" msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:315 +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the Gnome and KDE " @@ -1046,7 +624,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -1056,13 +634,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:337 +#: random-bits.xml:296 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "Installera &debian; från ett Unix/Linux-system" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 +#: random-bits.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -1076,7 +654,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:351 +#: random-bits.xml:310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -1087,13 +665,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:363 +#: random-bits.xml:322 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Påbörja arbetet" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -1103,7 +681,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:371 +#: random-bits.xml:330 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " @@ -1115,7 +693,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:381 +#: random-bits.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -1130,7 +708,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:393 +#: random-bits.xml:352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -1140,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -1149,13 +727,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:406 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Installera <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:407 +#: random-bits.xml:366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The tool that the Debian installer uses, which is recognized as the official " @@ -1167,7 +745,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an rpm-based system, you can use alien to convert the .deb into ." @@ -1176,7 +754,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:423 +#: random-bits.xml:382 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -1192,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:438 +#: random-bits.xml:397 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_arch.deb\n" @@ -1204,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:440 +#: random-bits.xml:399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have a " @@ -1214,13 +792,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:451 +#: random-bits.xml:410 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Kör <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:452 +#: random-bits.xml:411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -1231,7 +809,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:461 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -1240,7 +818,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -1253,7 +831,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:484 +#: random-bits.xml:443 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -1263,13 +841,13 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:449 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Konfigurera grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:491 +#: random-bits.xml:450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -1277,19 +855,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:455 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:501 +#: random-bits.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Montera partitioner" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:461 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1324,13 +902,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:522 +#: random-bits.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:524 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1339,31 +917,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:530 +#: random-bits.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:536 +#: random-bits.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurera tangentbordet" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:537 +#: random-bits.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "För att konfigurera ditt tangentbord:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:541 +#: random-bits.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:543 +#: random-bits.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1371,13 +949,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:552 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:553 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1429,33 +1007,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:589 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" -msgstr "Konfigurera tidszon, användare och APT" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:590 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Set your timezone, add a normal user, and choose your <command>apt</command> " -"sources by running" -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:595 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" -msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" - -#. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "Konfigurera lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:602 +#: random-bits.xml:549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1463,19 +1021,20 @@ msgid "" "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-get install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured before, ie. during " -"the base-config phase. Before using locales with character sets other than " -"ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured beforehand by " +"creating a sources.list and running apt-get update. Before using locales " +"with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the " +"appropriate localization HOWTO." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:618 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Installera en kärna" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1486,7 +1045,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:628 +#: random-bits.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" @@ -1494,13 +1053,13 @@ msgstr "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:634 +#: random-bits.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Ställ in startladdaren" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1510,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:642 +#: random-bits.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1524,13 +1083,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Här är ett enkelt exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:657 +#: random-bits.xml:605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1550,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:659 +#: random-bits.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1562,7 +1121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:669 +#: random-bits.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1580,13 +1139,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:687 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Installera &debian; över Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without Ethernet " @@ -1596,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1607,7 +1166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:705 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1616,7 +1175,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1626,13 +1185,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:720 +#: random-bits.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Krav" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:723 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1640,13 +1199,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:729 +#: random-bits.xml:677 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:734 +#: random-bits.xml:682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1654,7 +1213,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:740 +#: random-bits.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1666,13 +1225,13 @@ msgstr "" "hur man tillverkar en egen." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Ställ in källor" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:753 +#: random-bits.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1682,7 +1241,7 @@ msgstr "" "en förmedlingsnod till Internet med ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:758 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1706,13 +1265,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:764 +#: random-bits.xml:712 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Installera måldatorn" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1721,13 +1280,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:725 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components" msgstr "Läs in Installationskomponenter" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:779 +#: random-bits.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1735,13 +1294,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:787 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Identifiera nätverkshårdvara" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:792 +#: random-bits.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1751,13 +1310,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:801 +#: random-bits.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Prompt for module parameters: Yes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:806 +#: random-bits.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1766,7 +1325,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:813 +#: random-bits.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: " @@ -1774,32 +1333,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:819 +#: random-bits.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "Additional parameters for module plip: leave empty" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:829 +#: random-bits.xml:777 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:832 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:837 +#: random-bits.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:842 +#: random-bits.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1807,12 +1366,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:848 +#: random-bits.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" +#~ msgstr "Exempel på förkonfigurationsfil" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " +#~ "automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-" +#~ "install\"/>. You may want to uncomment some of the lines before using the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Detta är ett komplett fungerande exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil för " +#~ "en automatiserad installation. Dess användning är förklarad i <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Du kanske vill avkommentera några av " +#~ "raderna före du använder filen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " +#~ "had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" +#~ "continuation-character <quote>\\</quote> and extra indentation in the " +#~ "next line. In a real preconfiguration file, these split lines have to be " +#~ "joined into <emphasis>one single line</emphasis>. If you do not, " +#~ "preconfiguration will fail with unpredictable results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att kunna presentera detta exempel på rätt sätt i manualen har vi " +#~ "delat upp några rader. Detta indikeras av användningen av tecknet för " +#~ "fortsättning av rad <quote>\\</quote> och extra indragning av nästa rad. " +#~ "I en riktig förkonfigurationsfil kommer dessa delade rader att " +#~ "sammanfogas till <emphasis>en enda rad</emphasis>. Om du inte gör det " +#~ "kommer förkonfigurationen att misslyckas med oförutsedda resultat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" +#~ "preseed;." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En <quote>tom</quote> exempelfil är tillgänglig från &urlset-example-" +#~ "preseed;." + +#~ msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurera tidszon, användare och APT" + +#~ msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" +#~ msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" + #~ msgid "The example file is also available from &urlset-example-preseed;." #~ msgstr "Exempelfilen är också tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;." diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index c05f5b12f..bf885f13b 100755 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-13 14:43+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Tag: title @@ -28,62 +28,182 @@ msgstr "Hur installeraren fungerar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." -msgstr "Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje uppgift i installationen. Varje komponent gör din uppgift och frågar användaren frågor som behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att frågas sätt när installeraren är startad." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to " +"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the " +"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are " +"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the " +"installer is started." +msgstr "" +"Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål " +"för att genomföra varje uppgift i installationen. Varje komponent gör din " +"uppgift och frågar användaren frågor som behövs för att utföra jobbet. " +"Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som " +"kommer att frågas sätt när installeraren är startad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." -msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Detta resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din hårdvara. Installeraren kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." +msgid "" +"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) " +"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation " +"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in " +"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " +"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " +"questions that are not asked." +msgstr "" +"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög " +"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Detta resulterar i en mycket automatiserad " +"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter " +"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen " +"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din hårdvara. Installeraren " +"kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." +msgid "" +"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer " +"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are " +"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " +"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " +"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och " +"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte " +"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men " +"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. " +"Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet " +"så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." +msgid "" +"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing " +"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force " +"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " +"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." +msgstr "" +"Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att " +"skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar " +"att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om " +"tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/" +"disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för " +"tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "Kunniga användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installeraren på ett manuell menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each " +"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " +"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" +"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Kunniga användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet " +"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att " +"installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda " +"installeraren på ett manuell menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till " +"uppstartsargumentet <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>debconf/priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." -msgstr "Om din hårdvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</quote>-läget. Detta kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>debconf/priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." +msgid "" +"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are " +"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> " +"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command " +"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>debconf/" +"priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Om din hårdvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de " +"installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</quote>-" +"läget. Detta kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</" +"command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga till " +"uppstartsargumentet <userinput>debconf/priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget " +"ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i denna miljö. Här är tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den skrollbara listan och skrollar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du trycka en bokstav för att skrolla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> och <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> för att skrolla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssryta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." +msgid "" +"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more " +"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this " +"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various " +"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The " +"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items " +"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in " +"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to " +"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-" +"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " +"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " +"&enterkey; to activate choices." +msgstr "" +"Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer " +"kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i denna miljö. Här är " +"tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</" +"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> " +"och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den skrollbara listan " +"och skrollar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du " +"trycka en bokstav för att skrolla direkt till den sektion som börjar med den " +"bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> och <keycap>Pg-Down</" +"keycap> för att skrolla listan i sektioner. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> " +"väljer en post såsom en kryssryta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 #, no-c-format -msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." -msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh " +"session to view the logs described below." +msgstr "" +"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och " +"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Error messages are redirected to the third console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F3</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå denna konsoll genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå denna " +"konsoll genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 -#, no-c-format -msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/messages</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>. Efter installation blir denna logg kopierad till <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/messages</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/debian/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>. " +"Efter installation blir denna logg kopierad till <filename>/var/log/debian-" +"installer/messages</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra " +"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under " +"installationen och <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> efter att " +"datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 @@ -94,8 +214,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each " +"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular " +"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje " +"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik " +"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:118 @@ -106,665 +232,971 @@ msgstr "main-menu" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." -msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se denna meny. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nedgraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." +msgid "" +"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and " +"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to " +"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the " +"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error " +"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded " +"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu " +"may appear." +msgstr "" +"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar " +"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium " +"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är " +"förvald) kommer du inte att se denna meny. Om det inträffar fel som kräver " +"ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nedgraderas temporärt för att " +"låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." -msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." +msgid "" +"You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button " +"repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen " +"flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "languagechooser" -msgstr "languagechooser" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:137 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that language is not complete. When a translation is not complete, English messages are shown." -msgstr "Visar en lista på språk och språkvarianter. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden på engelska att visas." - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:148 -#, no-c-format -msgid "countrychooser" -msgstr "countrychooser" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:148 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." -msgstr "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:157 -#, no-c-format msgid "localechooser" msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:157 +#: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " +"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " +"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " +"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: " +"språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det " +"valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då " +"kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:169 +#: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format msgid "kbd-chooser" msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:169 +#: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." -msgstr "Visar en lista av tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar sitt eget." +msgid "" +"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " +"matches his own." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell " +"som passar sitt eget." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:178 +#: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect" msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:178 +#: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." -msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets hårdvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " +"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets hårdvara inklusive " +"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:187 +#: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect" msgstr "cdrom-detect" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:187 +#: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format msgid "Looks for and mounts a Debian installation CD." msgstr "Letar efter och monterar Debians installations-cd." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:195 +#: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg" msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:195 +#: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." -msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet." +msgid "" +"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot " +"Internet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:204 +#: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format msgid "iso-scan" msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:204 +#: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." -msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:213 +#: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "choose-mirror" msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:213 +#: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." -msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket." +msgid "" +"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " +"his installation packages." +msgstr "" +"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan " +"för sina installationspaket." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:222 +#: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-checker" msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:222 +#: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." -msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På detta sätt kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." +msgid "" +"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that " +"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På detta sätt kan användare förlita " +"sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:231 +#: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format msgid "lowmem" msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:231 +#: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." -msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)." +msgid "" +"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " +"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some " +"features)." +msgstr "" +"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick " +"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa " +"funktioner)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:241 +#: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format msgid "anna" msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:241 +#: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." -msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva." +msgid "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " +"chosen mirror or CD." +msgstr "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda " +"spegeln eller cd-skiva." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:250 +#: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "partman" msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:250 +#: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Detta är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " +"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. " +"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM " +"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa " +"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. " +"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge " +"eller stöd för LVM. Detta är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i " +"Debian." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:262 +#: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "autopartkit" msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:262 +#: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." -msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från " +"användaren." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:271 +#: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "partitioner" msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:271 +#: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " +"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett " +"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:281 +#: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "partconf" msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:281 +#: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." -msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner." +msgid "" +"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " +"partitions according to user instructions." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna " +"enligt användarens instruktioner." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format msgid "lvmcfg" msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." -msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)." +msgid "" +"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " +"(Logical Volume Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk " +"volymhantering)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:299 +#: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format msgid "mdcfg" msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:299 +#: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." -msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in mjukvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Denna mjukvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudohårdvara) RAID-kontrollrar som finns på nyare moderkort." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the " +"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren ställa in mjukvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). Denna mjukvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen " +"till de billiga IDE (pseudohårdvara) RAID-kontrollrar som finns på nyare " +"moderkort." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:310 +#: using-d-i.xml:290 #, no-c-format -msgid "base-installer" -msgstr "base-installer" +msgid "tzsetup" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:310 +#: using-d-i.xml:290 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart." +msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier" +msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:319 +#: using-d-i.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "os-prober" -msgstr "os-prober" +msgid "clock-setup" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:319 +#: using-d-i.xml:298 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." -msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till startladdarens startmeny. Detta sätt gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart." +msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not." +msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:331 +#: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format -msgid "bootloader-installer" -msgstr "bootloader-installer" +msgid "user-setup" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:331 +#: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "Installerar ett startladdningsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändigt för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många startladdare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." +msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." +msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:342 +#: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "base-config" -msgstr "base-config" +msgid "base-installer" +msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:342 +#: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it is the <quote>first run</quote> of the new Debian system." -msgstr "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." +msgid "" +"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " +"operate under Linux when rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra " +"Linux efter omstart." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "shell" -msgstr "shell" +msgid "apt-setup" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:361 -#, no-c-format -msgid "bugreporter" -msgstr "bugreporter" +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:361 +#: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "save-logs" -msgstr "save-logs" +msgid "pkgsel" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:361 +#: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk<phrase condition=\"etch\">, network, hard disk, or other media</phrase> when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett<phrase condition=\"etch\">, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media</phrase> när problem påträffas för att senare kunna lämna en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." +msgid "Uses tasksel to select and install additional software." +msgstr "" -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:380 +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using Individual Components" -msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" +msgid "os-prober" +msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:381 +#: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." -msgstr "I denna sektion kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Notera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din hårdvara." +msgid "" +"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " +"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability " +"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way " +"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar " +"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten " +"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till startladdarens startmeny. Detta " +"sätt gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas " +"vid uppstart." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:393 +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration" -msgstr "Inställning av Debian-installeraren och hårdvarukonfiguration" +msgid "bootloader-installer" +msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:394 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." +#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." msgstr "" +"Installerar ett startladdningsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändigt för " +"att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-" +"rom. Många startladdare låter användaren välja ett alternativt " +"operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:363 +#, no-c-format +msgid "shell" +msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:407 +#: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" +"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:422 +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check available memory" -msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne" +msgid "save-logs" +msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:424 -#, no-c-format -msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." +#: using-d-i.xml:372 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." msgstr "" +"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett<phrase " +"condition=\"etch\">, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media</phrase> när " +"problem påträffas för att senare kunna lämna en noggrann rapport om problem " +"i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:390 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Using Individual Components" +msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:431 +#: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation." -msgstr "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för installationen." +msgid "" +"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " +"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for " +"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note " +"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " +"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" +"I denna sektion kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i " +"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av " +"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. " +"Notera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; " +"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder " +"och på din hårdvara." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:446 +#: using-d-i.xml:403 #, no-c-format -msgid "Language selection" -msgstr "Språkval" +msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration" +msgstr "Inställning av Debian-installeraren och hårdvarukonfiguration" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:448 +#: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "As the first step of the installation, select the language in which you want the installation process to proceed. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names." +msgid "" +"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " +"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It " +"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task " +"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can " +"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and " +"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to " +"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " +"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " +"mirror)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:456 +#: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English. The selected language will also be used to help select a suitable keyboard layout." -msgstr "Språket du valt kommer att användas under resten av installationsprocessen om översättningar för de olika dialogerna är tillgängliga. Om inga giltiga översättningar finns tillgängliga för det valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt tangentbordsarrangemang. " +msgid "" +"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" +"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted " +"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " +"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " +"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:473 +#: using-d-i.xml:432 #, no-c-format -msgid "Country selection" -msgstr "Val av land" +msgid "Check available memory" +msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:475 +#: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language in <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/> which has more than one country associated with it (true for Chinese, English, French, and many other languages), you can specify the country here. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent." +msgid "" +"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " +"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " +"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " +"your system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:483 +#: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "This selection will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. If the defaults proposed by the installer are not suitable, you can make a different choice. The selected country, together with the selected language, may also affect locale settings for your new Debian system." +msgid "" +"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +"installation." msgstr "" +"Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " +"tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " +"installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:500 +#: using-d-i.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "Val av lokalinställningar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:502 +#: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." +msgid "" +"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " +"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"locales." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." +msgid "" +"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " +"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " +"default to English." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:516 +#: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgid "" +"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " +"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " +"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:523 +#: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." +msgid "" +"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " +"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself " +"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper " +"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top " +"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale " +"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " +"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " +"package will not be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:535 +#: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." +msgid "" +"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose " +"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " +"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " +"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " +"selected automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:553 +#: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." +msgid "" +"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " +"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " +"locales to be generated for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:568 +#: using-d-i.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurering av tangentbord" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:570 +#: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." +msgid "" +"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " +"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something " +"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system " +"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " +"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " +"have completed the installation)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format -msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." +msgid "" +"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " +"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " +"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " +"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " +"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:589 +#: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format -msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." +msgid "" +"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " +"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 " +"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS " +"kernel development." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:596 +#: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." +msgid "" +"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " +"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</" +"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key " +"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us " +"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " +"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " +"layouts are similar." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:608 +#: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +msgid "" +"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " +"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " +"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " +"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " +"there is no problem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:573 #, no-c-format -msgid "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct for US keyboards." +msgid "" +"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +"<userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " +"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " +"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " +"for US keyboards." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:655 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Söker igenom hårddiskarna efter en installations-ISO-avbild" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:656 +#: using-d-i.xml:612 #, no-c-format -msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." +msgid "" +"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " +"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " +"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" +"scan</command> does exactly this." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:663 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." +msgid "" +"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " +"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially " +"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>." +"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only " +"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. " +"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not " +"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its " +"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " +"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " +"another image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:680 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." +msgid "" +"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " +"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " +"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:687 +#: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format -msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." +msgid "" +"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " +"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is " +"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a " +"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " +"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " +"second console." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:710 +#: using-d-i.xml:666 #, no-c-format -msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." +msgid "" +"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " +"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your " +"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want " +"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this " +"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is " +"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:677 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." +msgid "" +"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " +"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it " +"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a " +"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your " +"local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on " +"the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " +"if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow " +"in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:733 +#: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format -msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +msgid "" +"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " +"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and " +"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a " +"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your " +"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " +"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" +">." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:747 +#: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup." +msgid "" +"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " +"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " +"address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise " +"OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It " +"will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use " +"the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been " +"installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, " +"which will step you through your network setup." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:786 +#: using-d-i.xml:742 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:743 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." +msgid "" +"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " +"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to " +"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of " +"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " +"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " +"related issues like LVM or RAID devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " +"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig " +"okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgid "" +"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " +"entire drive, or free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</" +"quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manually edit partition table</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " +"schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, " +"some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are " +"unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind, that guided partitioning needs " +"certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it " +"at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning " +"will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växlingsutr" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop machine" msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växlingsutr" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Multi-user workstation" msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" -msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växlingsutr" +msgid "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växlingsutr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgid "" +"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " +"an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the " +"EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting " +"menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:878 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgid "" +"If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " +"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format -msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." +msgid "" +"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " +"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " +"and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -783,966 +1215,1907 @@ msgid "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any)." +"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " +"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " +"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " +"system, and mountpoint (if any)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgid "" +"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " +"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " +"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " +"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " +"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" +"guimenuitem>, to run guided partitioning again or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:868 #, no-c-format -msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." +msgid "" +"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " +"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown " +"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and " +"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " +"remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgid "" +"If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " +"space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is " +"needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled " +"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " +"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " +"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " +"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " +"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " +"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " +"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" +"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " +"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " +"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " +"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " +"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " +"and you will be thrown back to the <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." +msgid "" +"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " +"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " +"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " +"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " +"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " +"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " +"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " +"delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:957 +#: using-d-i.xml:913 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." +msgid "" +"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and " +"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root " +"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you " +"correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:965 +#: using-d-i.xml:921 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." +msgid "" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" +"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " +"one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:971 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format -msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgid "" +"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " +"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't " +"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e." +"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or " +"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:979 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." +msgid "" +"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " +"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning " +"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and " +"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av logisk volymhanterare (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1016 -#, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical discs." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 -#, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from <command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1052 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing LVM data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. On this particular hardware, the above procedure for creating physical volumes and volume groups will not work. There is a good workaround for this limitation, provided you are familiar with the underlying LVM tools." +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disc (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical discs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1060 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format -msgid "To install using logical volumes on Power Macintosh hardware you should create all the disk partitions for your logical volumes as usual. In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu you should choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Do Not Use</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for these partitions (you will not be offered the option to use the partition as a physical volume). When you are done with creating all your partitions, you should start the logical volume manager as usual. However, since no physical volumes have been created you must now access the command shell available on the second virtual terminal (see <xref linkend=\"shell\"/>) and create them manually." +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disc to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1074 +#: using-d-i.xml:993 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the <command>pvcreate</command> command at the shell command prompt to create a physical volume on each of your chosen partitions. Then use the <command>vgcreate</command> command to create each volume group you want. You can safely ignore any errors about incorrect metadata area header checksums and fsync failures while doing this. When you have finished creating all your volume groups, you should go back to the first virtual terminal and skip directly to the <command>lvmcfg</command> menu items for logical volume management. You will see your volume groups and you can create the logical volumes you need as usual." +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " +"partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " +"<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu " +"where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.) Then " +"start the <command>lvmcfg</command> module (either directly from " +"<command>partman</command> or from the &d-i;'s main menu) and combine " +"physical volumes to volume group(s) under the <guimenuitem>Modify volume " +"groups (VG)</guimenuitem> menu. After that, you should create logical " +"volumes on the top of volume groups from the menu <guimenuitem>Modify " +"logical volumes (LV)</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1008 #, no-c-format -msgid "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." +msgid "" +"After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" +"command>, you will see any created logical volumes in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions (and you should treat them like that)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1023 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Mjukvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1024 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " +"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, " +"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your " +"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for " +"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " +"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " +"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1038 #, no-c-format -msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." +msgid "" +"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " +"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device " +"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</" +"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format -msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" +msgid "" +"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" +"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " +"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " +"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " +"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " +"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " +"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " +"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " +"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " +"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " +"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " +"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " +"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " +"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " +"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " +"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " +"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " +"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " +"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " +"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " +"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " +"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " +"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " +"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1206 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1207 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1209 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 -#: using-d-i.xml:1224 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 -#: using-d-i.xml:1218 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1219 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 -#: using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1226 -#: using-d-i.xml:1234 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1227 +#: using-d-i.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1231 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1235 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus one)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus en)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1243 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " +"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing RAID data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. This means that &d-i; currently does not support setting up RAID on this platform." +msgid "" +"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " +"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</" +"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " +"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " +"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1256 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format -msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgid "" +"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " +"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some " +"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of " +"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps " +"manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1265 +#: using-d-i.xml:1185 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." +msgid "" +"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " +"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. On the first screen of " +"<command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</" +"guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD " +"devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends " +"on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1274 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." +msgid "" +"RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " +"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form " +"the MD." msgstr "" +"RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-" +"partitioner och din enda uppgift är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra " +"MD:n." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " +"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, " +"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that " +"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected " +"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't " +"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the " +"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " +"to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." +msgstr "" +"RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " +"you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 " +"GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the " +"RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three " +"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " +"for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" +"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the " +"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and " +"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up the System" +msgstr "Installering av grundsystemet" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system is is about the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1260 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." -msgstr "RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och din enda uppgift är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD:n." +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." -msgstr "RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos " +"or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:1312 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disk into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Set the Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create an Ordinary User" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installering av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 +#: using-d-i.xml:1382 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes most time of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." +msgid "" +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " +"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " +"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " +"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå denna " +"konsoll genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " +"a serial console." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " +"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches " +"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a " +"list of available kernels." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Installing Additional Software" +msgstr "Installering av grundsystemet" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1428 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty3</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " +"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." msgstr "" +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring apt" +msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" + #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1444 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." +msgid "" +"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " +"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " +"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " +"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " +"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " +"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " +"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " +"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " +"a nice user interface." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1367 +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 #, no-c-format -msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " +"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " +"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " +"configuration are written to the file /etc/apt/sources.list, and you can " +"examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 #, no-c-format -msgid "Making Your System Bootable" -msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" +msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) " +"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " +"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1528 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " +"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " +"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " +"point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1543 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detecting other operating systems" -msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" +msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgid "" +"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " +"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " +"learn." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1415 +#: using-d-i.xml:1562 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." +msgid "" +"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " +"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " +"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer may fail to detect other operating systems if the partitions on which they reside are mounted when the detection takes place. This may occur if you select a mountpoint (e.g. /win) for a partition containing another operating system in <command>partman</command>, or if you have mounted partitions manually from a console." +msgid "internet site" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " +"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " +"accept or relay mail." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#, no-c-format +msgid "mail sent by smarthost" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " +"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " +"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " +"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " +"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " +"for dial-up users." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#, no-c-format +msgid "local delivery only" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " +"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " +"further questions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#, no-c-format +msgid "no configuration at this time" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " +"some important messages from your system utilities." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " +"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" +"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " +"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"exim4</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Making Your System Bootable" +msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1648 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " +"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1671 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Detecting other operating systems" +msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " +"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a " +"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " +"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " +"other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up " +"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " +"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " +"manager's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1445 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgid "" +"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " +"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " +"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or " +"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " +"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " +"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1720 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format -msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." +msgid "" +"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " +"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few " +"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " +"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " +"can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1475 +#: using-d-i.xml:1730 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1487 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera startladdaren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1489 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." +msgid "" +"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " +"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and " +"old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." +msgid "" +"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " +"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " +"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " +"main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera startladdaren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1517 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " +"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, " +"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " +"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " +"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." +msgid "" +"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " +"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " +"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " +"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1535 +#: using-d-i.xml:1790 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" +msgid "" +"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1797 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1797 #, no-c-format -msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." +msgid "" +"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " +"process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 +#: using-d-i.xml:1804 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 +#: using-d-i.xml:1804 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " +"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " +"serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Andra val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format -msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " +"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can " +"use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</" +"filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</" +"filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1825 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " +"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /" +"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — " +"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " +"Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=" +"\"reactivating-win\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera startladdaren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgid "" +"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " +"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " +"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition " +"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT " +"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</" +"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " +"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " +"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " +"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgid "" +"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " +"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present " +"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for " +"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " +"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1617 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgid "" +"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " +"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " +"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " +"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " +"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." +msgid "" +"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " +"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it " +"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and " +"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem " +"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the " +"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the " +"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot " +"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may " +"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated " +"or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1913 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1659 +#: using-d-i.xml:1914 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." +msgid "" +"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " +"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-" +"written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1923 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1924 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." +msgid "" +"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian " +"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1679 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " +"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a " +"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</" +"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1948 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." +msgid "" +"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " +"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be " +"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1958 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " +"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation " +"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " +"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1979 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on SGI Indys is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on SGI Indys is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up " +"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique " +"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. " +"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by " +"setting some firmware environment variables entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing " +"<command>boot</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " +"onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1753 +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " +"installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 -#: using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, " +"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After " +"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" +msgid "" +"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " +"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1823 +#: using-d-i.xml:2078 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " +"resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2106 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" +msgid "" +"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " +"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:1857 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2123 #, no-c-format -msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." +msgid "" +"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " +"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> " +"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> " +"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes " +"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be " +"set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2141 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." +msgid "" +"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" +"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up " +"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on " +"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2158 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2159 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgid "" +"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " +"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." +msgid "" +"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " +"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to " +"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/" +"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can " +"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is " +"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> " +"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. " +"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can " +"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install " +"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1948 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan uppstartsladdare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:2205 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " +"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide " +"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, " +"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on " +"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:2214 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." +msgid "" +"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " +"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should " +"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your " +"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and " +"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " +"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " +"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1976 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Finishing the First Stage" -msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing the Installation" +msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2232 #, no-c-format -msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new Debian. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." +msgid "" +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " +"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1989 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." +msgid "" +"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " +"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot " +"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot " +"into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2253 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." +msgid "" +"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " +"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-" +"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you " +"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2012 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2268 #, no-c-format -msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." +msgid "" +"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " +"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " +"case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2281 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2028 +#: using-d-i.xml:2283 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +msgid "" +"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " +"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk<phrase condition=\"etch\">, network, hard disk, or other media</phrase>. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." +msgid "" +"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2056 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2059 +#: using-d-i.xml:2313 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +msgid "" +"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " +"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " +"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " +"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" +"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " +"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2071 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." +msgid "" +"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " +"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " +"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " +"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2080 +#: using-d-i.xml:2334 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." +msgid "" +"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " +"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " +"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " +"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " +"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " +"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " +"to open the shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2099 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the " +"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the " +"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of " +"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format -msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " +"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need " +"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu " +"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and " +"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " +"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " +"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2124 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." +msgid "" +"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " +"up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." +msgid "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be " +"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. " +"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login " +"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you " +"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the " +"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to " +"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format -msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." +msgid "" +"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " +"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can " +"select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2147 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." +"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " +"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the " +"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still " +"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed " +"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection " +"with the installation system is as simple as typing: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is " +"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the " +"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " +"will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2418 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." +msgid "" +"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " +"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such " +"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is " +"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, " +"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</" +"filename> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." +msgid "" +"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " +"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and " +"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main " +"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The " +"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " +"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " +"may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." +msgid "" +"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " +"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may " +"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " +"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " +"system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2445 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." +msgid "" +"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " +"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2460 #, no-c-format msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2462 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running <command>base-config</command> in a <firstterm>chroot</firstterm> environment. This is mainly useful for testing the installer and should normally be avoided." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att konfigurera grundsystemet inom första steget av installationen (före omstart från hårddisken) genom att köra <command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. Detta är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör normalt sett undvikas." - +msgid "" +"It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage installer " +"(before rebooting from the hard drive), by running <command>base-config</" +"command> in a <firstterm>chroot</firstterm> environment. This is mainly " +"useful for testing the installer and should normally be avoided." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att konfigurera grundsystemet inom första steget av " +"installationen (före omstart från hårddisken) genom att köra <command>base-" +"config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. Detta är " +"huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör normalt sett " +"undvikas." + +#~ msgid "languagechooser" +#~ msgstr "languagechooser" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " +#~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " +#~ "language is not complete. When a translation is not complete, English " +#~ "messages are shown." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Visar en lista på språk och språkvarianter. Installeraren kommer att visa " +#~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket " +#~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden " +#~ "på engelska att visas." + +#~ msgid "countrychooser" +#~ msgstr "countrychooser" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." + +#~ msgid "base-config" +#~ msgstr "base-config" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " +#~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " +#~ "is the <quote>first run</quote> of the new Debian system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt " +#~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; " +#~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." + +#~ msgid "bugreporter" +#~ msgstr "bugreporter" + +#~ msgid "Language selection" +#~ msgstr "Språkval" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +#~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " +#~ "no valid translation is available for the selected language, the " +#~ "installer will default to English. The selected language will also be " +#~ "used to help select a suitable keyboard layout." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Språket du valt kommer att användas under resten av " +#~ "installationsprocessen om översättningar för de olika dialogerna är " +#~ "tillgängliga. Om inga giltiga översättningar finns tillgängliga för det " +#~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda " +#~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt " +#~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. " + +#~ msgid "Country selection" +#~ msgstr "Val av land" + +#~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" +#~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" diff --git a/po/sv/welcome.po b/po/sv/welcome.po index 2b96e226c..2636aaf55 100755 --- a/po/sv/welcome.po +++ b/po/sv/welcome.po @@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 welcome\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-15 22:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Tag: title @@ -22,8 +22,14 @@ msgstr "Välkommen till Debian" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:5 #, no-c-format -msgid "This chapter provides an overview of the Debian Project and &debian;. If you already know about the Debian Project's history and the &debian; distribution, feel free to skip to the next chapter." -msgstr "Detta kapitel ger en överblick över Debian-projektet och &debian;. Om du redan känner till historien bakom Debian-projektet och &debian;-utgåvan kan du hoppa till nästa kapitel." +msgid "" +"This chapter provides an overview of the Debian Project and &debian;. If you " +"already know about the Debian Project's history and the &debian; " +"distribution, feel free to skip to the next chapter." +msgstr "" +"Detta kapitel ger en överblick över Debian-projektet och &debian;. Om du " +"redan känner till historien bakom Debian-projektet och &debian;-utgåvan kan " +"du hoppa till nästa kapitel." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:19 @@ -34,68 +40,167 @@ msgstr "Vad är Debian?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:20 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian is an all-volunteer organization dedicated to developing free software and promoting the ideals of the Free Software Foundation. The Debian Project began in 1993, when Ian Murdock issued an open invitation to software developers to contribute to a complete and coherent software distribution based on the relatively new Linux kernel. That relatively small band of dedicated enthusiasts, originally funded by the <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> and influenced by the <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> philosophy, has grown over the years into an organization of around &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian Developers</firstterm>." -msgstr "Debian är en frivilligorganisation som är engagerade att utveckla fri programvara och främja idealen för Free Software Foundation. Debian-projektet startade 1993 när Ian Murdock skickade ut en öppna inbjudan till programvaruutvecklare för att bidraga till en komplett och sammanhållen programvaruutgåva baserad på den relativt nya Linux-kärnan. Den relativt lilla skaran av dedikerade entusiaster, finansierade av <ulink url=\"&url-fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> och påverkade av filosofien av <ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> har växt över åren som gått till en organisation på ungefär &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian-utvecklare</firstterm>." +msgid "" +"Debian is an all-volunteer organization dedicated to developing free " +"software and promoting the ideals of the Free Software Foundation. The " +"Debian Project began in 1993, when Ian Murdock issued an open invitation to " +"software developers to contribute to a complete and coherent software " +"distribution based on the relatively new Linux kernel. That relatively small " +"band of dedicated enthusiasts, originally funded by the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> and influenced by the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> philosophy, has grown over the years " +"into an organization of around &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian " +"Developers</firstterm>." +msgstr "" +"Debian är en frivilligorganisation som är engagerade att utveckla fri " +"programvara och främja idealen för Free Software Foundation. Debian-" +"projektet startade 1993 när Ian Murdock skickade ut en öppna inbjudan till " +"programvaruutvecklare för att bidraga till en komplett och sammanhållen " +"programvaruutgåva baserad på den relativt nya Linux-kärnan. Den relativt " +"lilla skaran av dedikerade entusiaster, finansierade av <ulink url=\"&url-" +"fsf-intro;\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> och påverkade av filosofien av " +"<ulink url=\"&url-gnu-intro;\">GNU</ulink> har växt över åren som gått till " +"en organisation på ungefär &num-of-debian-developers; <firstterm>Debian-" +"utvecklare</firstterm>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:35 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian Developers are involved in a variety of activities, including <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">Web</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP</ulink> site administration, graphic design, legal analysis of software licenses, writing documentation, and, of course, maintaining software packages." -msgstr "Debian-utvecklare är involverade i en uppsjö av aktiviteter såsom <ulink url=\"&url-debian-home;\">webbplatsen</ulink> och administration av <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP-servern</ulink>, grafisk design, legala aspekter för programvarulicenser, skriva dokumentation och så klart, underhålla programvarupaketen." +msgid "" +"Debian Developers are involved in a variety of activities, including <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-home;\">Web</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-debian-ftp;" +"\">FTP</ulink> site administration, graphic design, legal analysis of " +"software licenses, writing documentation, and, of course, maintaining " +"software packages." +msgstr "" +"Debian-utvecklare är involverade i en uppsjö av aktiviteter såsom <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-home;\">webbplatsen</ulink> och administration av <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-ftp;\">FTP-servern</ulink>, grafisk design, legala aspekter " +"för programvarulicenser, skriva dokumentation och så klart, underhålla " +"programvarupaketen." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the interest of communicating our philosophy and attracting developers who believe in the principles that Debian stands for, the Debian Project has published a number of documents that outline our values and serve as guides to what it means to be a Debian Developer:" -msgstr "Vårt intresse att kommunicera vår filosofi och attrahera utvecklare som tror på principerna som Debian står för har Debian-projektet publiserat ett antal dokument som pekar ut våra värderingar och fungerar som guider till vad det betyder att vara en Debian-utvecklare:" +msgid "" +"In the interest of communicating our philosophy and attracting developers " +"who believe in the principles that Debian stands for, the Debian Project has " +"published a number of documents that outline our values and serve as guides " +"to what it means to be a Debian Developer:" +msgstr "" +"Vårt intresse att kommunicera vår filosofi och attrahera utvecklare som tror " +"på principerna som Debian står för har Debian-projektet publiserat ett antal " +"dokument som pekar ut våra värderingar och fungerar som guider till vad det " +"betyder att vara en Debian-utvecklare:" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:52 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debian Social Contract</ulink> is a statement of Debian's commitments to the Free Software Community. Anyone who agrees to abide to the Social Contract may become a <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">maintainer</ulink>. Any maintainer can introduce new software into Debian — provided that the software meets our criteria for being free, and the package follows our quality standards." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debians sociala kontrakt</ulink> är ett resultat av Debians engagemang för den fria programvarumiljön. Alla som godtar att följa det sociala kontraktet kan bli en <ulink url=\"&url-new-maintainer;\">underhållare</ulink>. Alla underhållare kan introducera ny programvara i Debian — om programvaran tillgodoser våra kriterier för att vara fritt och att paketet följer våra kvalitetsstandarder." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debian Social Contract</ulink> is a " +"statement of Debian's commitments to the Free Software Community. Anyone who " +"agrees to abide to the Social Contract may become a <ulink url=\"&url-new-" +"maintainer;\">maintainer</ulink>. Any maintainer can introduce new software " +"into Debian — provided that the software meets our criteria for being " +"free, and the package follows our quality standards." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-social-contract;\">Debians sociala kontrakt</ulink> är ett " +"resultat av Debians engagemang för den fria programvarumiljön. Alla som " +"godtar att följa det sociala kontraktet kan bli en <ulink url=\"&url-new-" +"maintainer;\">underhållare</ulink>. Alla underhållare kan introducera ny " +"programvara i Debian — om programvaran tillgodoser våra kriterier för " +"att vara fritt och att paketet följer våra kvalitetsstandarder." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:64 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink> are a clear and concise statement of Debian's criteria for free software. The DFSG is a very influential document in the Free Software Movement, and was the foundation of the <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</ulink>." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink> (DFSG) är klara och koncisa regler för Debians kriterier för fri programvara. DFSG är ett mycket inflytelserikt dokument i den fria programvarurörelsen och var grundstenen för <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink> are a " +"clear and concise statement of Debian's criteria for free software. The DFSG " +"is a very influential document in the Free Software Movement, and was the " +"foundation of the <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The Open Source Definition</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink> " +"(DFSG) är klara och koncisa regler för Debians kriterier för fri " +"programvara. DFSG är ett mycket inflytelserikt dokument i den fria " +"programvarurörelsen och var grundstenen för <ulink url=\"&url-osd;\">The " +"Open Source Definition</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:74 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debian Policy Manual</ulink> is an extensive specification of the Debian Project's standards of quality." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debians Policymanual</ulink> är en omfattande specifikation av Debian-projektets kvalitetsstandarder." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debian Policy Manual</ulink> is an " +"extensive specification of the Debian Project's standards of quality." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-policy;\">Debians Policymanual</ulink> är en " +"omfattande specifikation av Debian-projektets kvalitetsstandarder." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian developers are also involved in a number of other projects; some specific to Debian, others involving some or all of the Linux community. Some examples include:" -msgstr "Debian-utvecklarna är också involverade i ett antal andra projekt, vissa specifika till Debian, andra involverar några eller alla Linux-gemenskaper. Några exempel är:" +msgid "" +"Debian developers are also involved in a number of other projects; some " +"specific to Debian, others involving some or all of the Linux community. " +"Some examples include:" +msgstr "" +"Debian-utvecklarna är också involverade i ett antal andra projekt, vissa " +"specifika till Debian, andra involverar några eller alla Linux-gemenskaper. " +"Några exempel är:" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:89 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) is a project aimed at standardizing the basic GNU/Linux system, which will enable third-party software and hardware developers to easily design programs and device drivers for Linux-in-general, rather than for a specific GNU/Linux distribution." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) är ett projekt riktat mot standardisering av vanliga GNU/Linux-system som kommer att aktivera tredjepartsprogramvaru- och hårdvaruutvecklare att lätt designa program och enhetsdrivare för Linux i allmänhet, hellre än för specifika GNU/Linux-utgåvor." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) is a " +"project aimed at standardizing the basic GNU/Linux system, which will enable " +"third-party software and hardware developers to easily design programs and " +"device drivers for Linux-in-general, rather than for a specific GNU/Linux " +"distribution." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-lsb-org;\">Linux Standard Base</ulink> (LSB) är ett " +"projekt riktat mot standardisering av vanliga GNU/Linux-system som kommer " +"att aktivera tredjepartsprogramvaru- och hårdvaruutvecklare att lätt designa " +"program och enhetsdrivare för Linux i allmänhet, hellre än för specifika GNU/" +"Linux-utgåvor." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:99 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) is an effort to standardize the layout of the Linux file system. The FHS will allow software developers to concentrate their efforts on designing programs, without having to worry about how the package will be installed in different GNU/Linux distributions." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) är ett försök att standardisera utseendet av filsystemet för Linux. FHS kommer att tillåta programvaruutvecklare att koncentrera sina försök att designa program utan att behöva oroa sig för hur paketen kommer att installeras i olika utgåvor av GNU/Linux." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> " +"(FHS) is an effort to standardize the layout of the Linux file system. The " +"FHS will allow software developers to concentrate their efforts on designing " +"programs, without having to worry about how the package will be installed in " +"different GNU/Linux distributions." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> (FHS) är " +"ett försök att standardisera utseendet av filsystemet för Linux. FHS kommer " +"att tillåta programvaruutvecklare att koncentrera sina försök att designa " +"program utan att behöva oroa sig för hur paketen kommer att installeras i " +"olika utgåvor av GNU/Linux." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:109 #, no-c-format -msgid "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> is an internal project, aimed at making sure Debian has something to offer to our youngest users." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> är ett internt projekt som riktar sig mot att göra så Debian har något att erbjuda även för våra unga användare." +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> is an internal project, " +"aimed at making sure Debian has something to offer to our youngest users." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-jr;\">Debian Jr.</ulink> är ett internt projekt som " +"riktar sig mot att göra så Debian har något att erbjuda även för våra unga " +"användare." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more general information about Debian, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "För mer allmän information om Debian, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"For more general information about Debian, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För mer allmän information om Debian, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;" +"\">Debian FAQ</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:133 @@ -106,63 +211,169 @@ msgstr "Vad är GNU/Linux?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is an operating system: a series of programs that let you interact with your computer and run other programs." -msgstr "Linux är ett operativsystem: ett antal program som låter dig interagera med din dator och köra andra program." +msgid "" +"Linux is an operating system: a series of programs that let you interact " +"with your computer and run other programs." +msgstr "" +"Linux är ett operativsystem: ett antal program som låter dig interagera med " +"din dator och köra andra program." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:139 #, no-c-format -msgid "An operating system consists of various fundamental programs which are needed by your computer so that it can communicate and receive instructions from users; read and write data to hard disks, tapes, and printers; control the use of memory; and run other software. The most important part of an operating system is the kernel. In a GNU/Linux system, Linux is the kernel component. The rest of the system consists of other programs, many of which were written by or for the GNU Project. Because the Linux kernel alone does not form a working operating system, we prefer to use the term <quote>GNU/Linux</quote> to refer to systems that many people casually refer to as <quote>Linux</quote>." -msgstr "Ett operativsystem innehåller olika fundamentala program som behövs av din dator så att den kan kommunicera och ta emot instruktioner från användare; läs och skriva data till hårddiskar, band och skrivare; kontrollera användningen av minne; och köra annan programvara. Den viktigaste delen av ett operativsystem är kärnan. I ett GNU/Linux-system är Linux kärn-komponenten. Resten av system innehåller andra program, många om dom skrevs av eller för GNU-projektet. För att Linux-kärnan själv inte kan utgöra ett fungerande operativsystem har vi föredragit att använda termen <quote>GNU/Linux</quote> för att referera till system som många personer alldagligen refererar till som <quote>Linux</quote>." +msgid "" +"An operating system consists of various fundamental programs which are " +"needed by your computer so that it can communicate and receive instructions " +"from users; read and write data to hard disks, tapes, and printers; control " +"the use of memory; and run other software. The most important part of an " +"operating system is the kernel. In a GNU/Linux system, Linux is the kernel " +"component. The rest of the system consists of other programs, many of which " +"were written by or for the GNU Project. Because the Linux kernel alone does " +"not form a working operating system, we prefer to use the term <quote>GNU/" +"Linux</quote> to refer to systems that many people casually refer to as " +"<quote>Linux</quote>." +msgstr "" +"Ett operativsystem innehåller olika fundamentala program som behövs av din " +"dator så att den kan kommunicera och ta emot instruktioner från användare; " +"läs och skriva data till hårddiskar, band och skrivare; kontrollera " +"användningen av minne; och köra annan programvara. Den viktigaste delen av " +"ett operativsystem är kärnan. I ett GNU/Linux-system är Linux kärn-" +"komponenten. Resten av system innehåller andra program, många om dom skrevs " +"av eller för GNU-projektet. För att Linux-kärnan själv inte kan utgöra ett " +"fungerande operativsystem har vi föredragit att använda termen <quote>GNU/" +"Linux</quote> för att referera till system som många personer alldagligen " +"refererar till som <quote>Linux</quote>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:153 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is modelled on the Unix operating system. From the start, Linux was designed to be a multi-tasking, multi-user system. These facts are enough to make Linux different from other well-known operating systems. However, Linux is even more different than you might imagine. In contrast to other operating systems, nobody owns Linux. Much of its development is done by unpaid volunteers." -msgstr "Linux är modellerad efter ett Unix-operativsystem. Från början var Linux designad att vara ett parallellbearbetande fleranvändarsystem. Dessa fakta är tillräckliga att göra Linux olikt från andra välkända operativsystem. Dock är Linux ännu mer olik än du kanske tror. I kontrast till andra operativsystem äger ingen Linux. Mycket av dess utveckling är gjord av obetalda frivilliga." +msgid "" +"Linux is modelled on the Unix operating system. From the start, Linux was " +"designed to be a multi-tasking, multi-user system. These facts are enough to " +"make Linux different from other well-known operating systems. However, Linux " +"is even more different than you might imagine. In contrast to other " +"operating systems, nobody owns Linux. Much of its development is done by " +"unpaid volunteers." +msgstr "" +"Linux är modellerad efter ett Unix-operativsystem. Från början var Linux " +"designad att vara ett parallellbearbetande fleranvändarsystem. Dessa fakta " +"är tillräckliga att göra Linux olikt från andra välkända operativsystem. " +"Dock är Linux ännu mer olik än du kanske tror. I kontrast till andra " +"operativsystem äger ingen Linux. Mycket av dess utveckling är gjord av " +"obetalda frivilliga." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:162 #, no-c-format -msgid "Development of what later became GNU/Linux began in 1984, when the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> began development of a free Unix-like operating system called GNU." -msgstr "Utvecklingen av vad senare blev GNU/Linux började 1984 när <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> började utvecklingen av ett fritt Unix-liknande operatingsystem kallat GNU." +msgid "" +"Development of what later became GNU/Linux began in 1984, when the <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> began " +"development of a free Unix-like operating system called GNU." +msgstr "" +"Utvecklingen av vad senare blev GNU/Linux började 1984 när <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.gnu.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> började " +"utvecklingen av ett fritt Unix-liknande operatingsystem kallat GNU." # Osäker på "arcane" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:168 #, no-c-format -msgid "The GNU Project has developed a comprehensive set of free software tools for use with Unix™ and Unix-like operating systems such as Linux. These tools enable users to perform tasks ranging from the mundane (such as copying or removing files from the system) to the arcane (such as writing and compiling programs or doing sophisticated editing in a variety of document formats)." -msgstr "GNU-projektet har utvecklat en omfattande samling av fria programverktyg för att används med Unix™ och Unix-liknande operativsystem såsom Linux. Dessa verktyg ger användarna möjligheten att utföra vardagliga uppgifter (såsom kopiering och borttagning av filer från systemet) till det mystiska (såsom skriva och bygga program eller göra sofistikerad redigering i ett antal olika dokumentformat)." +msgid "" +"The GNU Project has developed a comprehensive set of free software tools for " +"use with Unix™ and Unix-like operating systems such as Linux. These " +"tools enable users to perform tasks ranging from the mundane (such as " +"copying or removing files from the system) to the arcane (such as writing " +"and compiling programs or doing sophisticated editing in a variety of " +"document formats)." +msgstr "" +"GNU-projektet har utvecklat en omfattande samling av fria programverktyg för " +"att används med Unix™ och Unix-liknande operativsystem såsom Linux. " +"Dessa verktyg ger användarna möjligheten att utföra vardagliga uppgifter " +"(såsom kopiering och borttagning av filer från systemet) till det mystiska " +"(såsom skriva och bygga program eller göra sofistikerad redigering i ett " +"antal olika dokumentformat)." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:177 #, no-c-format -msgid "While many groups and individuals have contributed to Linux, the largest single contributor is still the Free Software Foundation, which created not only most of the tools used in Linux, but also the philosophy and the community that made Linux possible." -msgstr "Då många grupper och individer har bidragit till Linux är den största enskilda bidragare fortfarande Free Software Foundation som har skapat inte bara de flesta av verktygen som används i Linux men även filosofin och gemenskapen som gjorde Linux möjlig." +msgid "" +"While many groups and individuals have contributed to Linux, the largest " +"single contributor is still the Free Software Foundation, which created not " +"only most of the tools used in Linux, but also the philosophy and the " +"community that made Linux possible." +msgstr "" +"Då många grupper och individer har bidragit till Linux är den största " +"enskilda bidragare fortfarande Free Software Foundation som har skapat inte " +"bara de flesta av verktygen som används i Linux men även filosofin och " +"gemenskapen som gjorde Linux möjlig." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kernel</ulink> first appeared in 1991, when a Finnish computing science student named Linus Torvalds announced an early version of a replacement kernel for Minix to the Usenet newsgroup <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. See Linux International's <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux History Page</ulink>." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kärnan</ulink> dök först upp 1991 när en finsk datorvetenskapsstudent som hette Linus Torvalds tillkännagav en tidig version av en ersättare för Minix till en nyhetsgrupp på Usenet kallad <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. Se Linux Internationals sida om <ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux historia</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kernel</ulink> first appeared in " +"1991, when a Finnish computing science student named Linus Torvalds " +"announced an early version of a replacement kernel for Minix to the Usenet " +"newsgroup <userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. See Linux International's " +"<ulink url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux History Page</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-org;\">Linux kärnan</ulink> dök först upp 1991 när " +"en finsk datorvetenskapsstudent som hette Linus Torvalds tillkännagav en " +"tidig version av en ersättare för Minix till en nyhetsgrupp på Usenet kallad " +"<userinput>comp.os.minix</userinput>. Se Linux Internationals sida om <ulink " +"url=\"&url-linux-history;\">Linux historia</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list can be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "Linux Torvalds fortsätter att koordinera arbetet för flera hundra utvecklare med hjälp av ett antal pålitliga ställföreträdare. En brilliant veckosammandrag av diskussionerna på e-postlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> är <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. Mer information om e-postlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing list FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Linus Torvalds continues to coordinate the work of several hundred " +"developers with the help of a few trusty deputies. An excellent weekly " +"summary of discussions on the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing " +"list is <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. More " +"information about the <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> mailing list can " +"be found on the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel " +"mailing list FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Linux Torvalds fortsätter att koordinera arbetet för flera hundra utvecklare " +"med hjälp av ett antal pålitliga ställföreträdare. En brilliant " +"veckosammandrag av diskussionerna på e-postlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</" +"userinput> är <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-traffic;\">Kernel Traffic</ulink>. " +"Mer information om e-postlistan <userinput>linux-kernel</userinput> kan " +"hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-linux-kernel-list-faq;\">linux-kernel mailing " +"list FAQ</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:204 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux users have immense freedom of choice in their software. For example, Linux users can choose from a dozen different command line shells and several graphical desktops. This selection is often bewildering to users of other operating systems, who are not used to thinking of the command line or desktop as something that they can change." -msgstr "Linux-användare har ofantlig frihet att välja sin programvara. Till exempel kan Linux-användare välja från ett dussintal olika kommandoradsskal och flertalet grafiska skrivbordsmiljöer. Detta utval är ofta förvillande för användare av andra operativsystem som inte är vana att tänka att kommandoraden eller skrivbordsmiljön faktiskt är något de kan ändra." +msgid "" +"Linux users have immense freedom of choice in their software. For example, " +"Linux users can choose from a dozen different command line shells and " +"several graphical desktops. This selection is often bewildering to users of " +"other operating systems, who are not used to thinking of the command line or " +"desktop as something that they can change." +msgstr "" +"Linux-användare har ofantlig frihet att välja sin programvara. Till exempel " +"kan Linux-användare välja från ett dussintal olika kommandoradsskal och " +"flertalet grafiska skrivbordsmiljöer. Detta utval är ofta förvillande för " +"användare av andra operativsystem som inte är vana att tänka att " +"kommandoraden eller skrivbordsmiljön faktiskt är något de kan ändra." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:213 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux is also less likely to crash, better able to run more than one program at the same time, and more secure than many operating systems. With these advantages, Linux is the fastest growing operating system in the server market. More recently, Linux has begun to be popular among home and business users as well." -msgstr "Linux är också mindre benägen att krascha, bättre på att köra mer än ett program samtidigt och mer säker än många andra operativsystem. Med dessa fördelar är Linux det snabbast växande operativsystemet på servermarknaden. På senare tid har också Linux börjat bli populär hos hem- och företagsanvändare." +msgid "" +"Linux is also less likely to crash, better able to run more than one program " +"at the same time, and more secure than many operating systems. With these " +"advantages, Linux is the fastest growing operating system in the server " +"market. More recently, Linux has begun to be popular among home and business " +"users as well." +msgstr "" +"Linux är också mindre benägen att krascha, bättre på att köra mer än ett " +"program samtidigt och mer säker än många andra operativsystem. Med dessa " +"fördelar är Linux det snabbast växande operativsystemet på servermarknaden. " +"På senare tid har också Linux börjat bli populär hos hem- och " +"företagsanvändare." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:231 @@ -173,51 +384,146 @@ msgstr "Vad är &debian;?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "The combination of Debian's philosophy and methodology and the GNU tools, the Linux kernel, and other important free software, form a unique software distribution called &debian;. This distribution is made up of a large number of software <emphasis>packages</emphasis>. Each package in the distribution contains executables, scripts, documentation, and configuration information, and has a <emphasis>maintainer</emphasis> who is primarily responsible for keeping the package up-to-date, tracking bug reports, and communicating with the upstream author(s) of the packaged software. Our extremely large user base, combined with our bug tracking system ensures that problems are found and fixed quickly." -msgstr "Kombinationen av Debians filosofi, metodik, GNU-verktygen, Linux-kärnan och andra viktiga fria programvaror formar en unik utgåva av programvaror kallad &debian;. Denna utgåva är uppbyggd av ett större antal av programvaru<emphasis>paket</emphasis>. Varje paket i utgåvan innehåller exekverbara filer, skript, dokumentation och konfigurationsinformation och har en <emphasis>paketansvarig</emphasis> som är primärt ansvarig för att hålla paketen uppdaterade, hantera buggrapporter och kommunicera med upphovsmannen/männen för uppströmmen för den paketerade programvaran. Vår extremt stora användarbas, kombinerad med vårt bugghanteringssystem ser till att problem hittas och löses snabbt." +msgid "" +"The combination of Debian's philosophy and methodology and the GNU tools, " +"the Linux kernel, and other important free software, form a unique software " +"distribution called &debian;. This distribution is made up of a large number " +"of software <emphasis>packages</emphasis>. Each package in the distribution " +"contains executables, scripts, documentation, and configuration information, " +"and has a <emphasis>maintainer</emphasis> who is primarily responsible for " +"keeping the package up-to-date, tracking bug reports, and communicating with " +"the upstream author(s) of the packaged software. Our extremely large user " +"base, combined with our bug tracking system ensures that problems are found " +"and fixed quickly." +msgstr "" +"Kombinationen av Debians filosofi, metodik, GNU-verktygen, Linux-kärnan och " +"andra viktiga fria programvaror formar en unik utgåva av programvaror kallad " +"&debian;. Denna utgåva är uppbyggd av ett större antal av " +"programvaru<emphasis>paket</emphasis>. Varje paket i utgåvan innehåller " +"exekverbara filer, skript, dokumentation och konfigurationsinformation och " +"har en <emphasis>paketansvarig</emphasis> som är primärt ansvarig för att " +"hålla paketen uppdaterade, hantera buggrapporter och kommunicera med " +"upphovsmannen/männen för uppströmmen för den paketerade programvaran. Vår " +"extremt stora användarbas, kombinerad med vårt bugghanteringssystem ser till " +"att problem hittas och löses snabbt." # Se över denna! #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:246 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian's attention to detail allows us to produce a high-quality, stable, and scalable distribution. Installations can be easily configured to serve many roles, from stripped-down firewalls to desktop scientific workstations to high-end network servers." -msgstr "Debians hänsyn till detaljer låter oss att producera en högkvalitativ, stabil och skalbar utgåva. Installationer kan lätt konfigureras för att hantera olika roller, från bantade installerationer för brandväggar till arbetsstationer för vetenskapliga ändamål till högprestandaservrar." +msgid "" +"Debian's attention to detail allows us to produce a high-quality, stable, " +"and scalable distribution. Installations can be easily configured to serve " +"many roles, from stripped-down firewalls to desktop scientific workstations " +"to high-end network servers." +msgstr "" +"Debians hänsyn till detaljer låter oss att producera en högkvalitativ, " +"stabil och skalbar utgåva. Installationer kan lätt konfigureras för att " +"hantera olika roller, från bantade installerationer för brandväggar till " +"arbetsstationer för vetenskapliga ändamål till högprestandaservrar." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:253 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian is especially popular among advanced users because of its technical excellence and its deep commitment to the needs and expectations of the Linux community. Debian also introduced many features to Linux that are now commonplace." -msgstr "Debian är speciellt populär bland avancerade användare för dess tekniska förträfflighet och sin djupa engagemang till behoven och förväntningar hos Linux-gemenskapen. Debian har också introducerat många funktioner till Linux som du är vardagsmat." +msgid "" +"Debian is especially popular among advanced users because of its technical " +"excellence and its deep commitment to the needs and expectations of the " +"Linux community. Debian also introduced many features to Linux that are now " +"commonplace." +msgstr "" +"Debian är speciellt populär bland avancerade användare för dess tekniska " +"förträfflighet och sin djupa engagemang till behoven och förväntningar hos " +"Linux-gemenskapen. Debian har också introducerat många funktioner till Linux " +"som du är vardagsmat." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "For example, Debian was the first Linux distribution to include a package management system for easy installation and removal of software. It was also the first Linux distribution that could be upgraded without requiring reinstallation." -msgstr "Till exempel var Debian den första Linux-utgåvan som inkluderade ett pakethanteringssystem för lätta installationer och borttagning av programvara. Den var också den första Linux-utgåvan som kunde bli uppgraderad utan att kräva ominstallation." +msgid "" +"For example, Debian was the first Linux distribution to include a package " +"management system for easy installation and removal of software. It was also " +"the first Linux distribution that could be upgraded without requiring " +"reinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Till exempel var Debian den första Linux-utgåvan som inkluderade ett " +"pakethanteringssystem för lätta installationer och borttagning av " +"programvara. Den var också den första Linux-utgåvan som kunde bli " +"uppgraderad utan att kräva ominstallation." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:267 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian continues to be a leader in Linux development. Its development process is an example of just how well the Open Source development model can work — even for very complex tasks such as building and maintaining a complete operating system." -msgstr "Debian fortsätter att vara ledande inom Linux-utvecklingen. Dess utvecklingsprocess är ett exempel på hur bra utvecklingsmodellen för öppen källkod kan fungera — även för mycket komplexa uppgifter såsom byggnation och underhåll av ett komplett operativsystem." +msgid "" +"Debian continues to be a leader in Linux development. Its development " +"process is an example of just how well the Open Source development model can " +"work — even for very complex tasks such as building and maintaining a " +"complete operating system." +msgstr "" +"Debian fortsätter att vara ledande inom Linux-utvecklingen. Dess " +"utvecklingsprocess är ett exempel på hur bra utvecklingsmodellen för öppen " +"källkod kan fungera — även för mycket komplexa uppgifter såsom " +"byggnation och underhåll av ett komplett operativsystem." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:274 #, no-c-format -msgid "The feature that most distinguishes Debian from other Linux distributions is its package management system. These tools give the administrator of a Debian system complete control over the packages installed on that system, including the ability to install a single package or automatically update the entire operating system. Individual packages can also be protected from being updated. You can even tell the package management system about software you have compiled yourself and what dependencies it fulfills." -msgstr "Funktionerna som mest utmärker Debian från de andra Linux-utgåvorna är dess pakethanteringssystem. Dessa verktyg ger administratören för Debian-systemet total kontroll över paketen som installeras på system inklusive möjligheten att installera enstaka paket eller automatiskt uppdatering hela operativsystemet. Individuella paket kan också skyddas från att uppdateras. Du kan även tala om för pakethanteringssystemet om programvara du själv har byggt och vilka beroenden de uppfyller." +msgid "" +"The feature that most distinguishes Debian from other Linux distributions is " +"its package management system. These tools give the administrator of a " +"Debian system complete control over the packages installed on that system, " +"including the ability to install a single package or automatically update " +"the entire operating system. Individual packages can also be protected from " +"being updated. You can even tell the package management system about " +"software you have compiled yourself and what dependencies it fulfills." +msgstr "" +"Funktionerna som mest utmärker Debian från de andra Linux-utgåvorna är dess " +"pakethanteringssystem. Dessa verktyg ger administratören för Debian-systemet " +"total kontroll över paketen som installeras på system inklusive möjligheten " +"att installera enstaka paket eller automatiskt uppdatering hela " +"operativsystemet. Individuella paket kan också skyddas från att uppdateras. " +"Du kan även tala om för pakethanteringssystemet om programvara du själv har " +"byggt och vilka beroenden de uppfyller." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:285 #, no-c-format -msgid "To protect your system against <quote>Trojan horses</quote> and other malevolent software, Debian's servers verify that uploaded packages come from their registered Debian maintainers. Debian packagers also take great care to configure their packages in a secure manner. When security problems in shipped packages do appear, fixes are usually available very quickly. With Debian's simple update options, security fixes can be downloaded and installed automatically across the Internet." -msgstr "För att skydda ditt system mot <quote>Trojanska hästar</quote> och annan ondsint programvara verifierar Debians servrar att uppladdade paket verkligen kommer från dess registrerade Debian-ansvarige. Debian-paketerare tar också en bra hand om konfigureringen av deras paket på ett säkert sätt. När säkerhetsproblem i utsända paket inträffar kommer normalt sett rättningar på problem mycket snabbt. Men Debians enkla uppdateringsmöjligheter kan säkerhetsrättningar laddas ned och installeras automatiskt över hela Internet." +msgid "" +"To protect your system against <quote>Trojan horses</quote> and other " +"malevolent software, Debian's servers verify that uploaded packages come " +"from their registered Debian maintainers. Debian packagers also take great " +"care to configure their packages in a secure manner. When security problems " +"in shipped packages do appear, fixes are usually available very quickly. " +"With Debian's simple update options, security fixes can be downloaded and " +"installed automatically across the Internet." +msgstr "" +"För att skydda ditt system mot <quote>Trojanska hästar</quote> och annan " +"ondsint programvara verifierar Debians servrar att uppladdade paket " +"verkligen kommer från dess registrerade Debian-ansvarige. Debian-paketerare " +"tar också en bra hand om konfigureringen av deras paket på ett säkert sätt. " +"När säkerhetsproblem i utsända paket inträffar kommer normalt sett " +"rättningar på problem mycket snabbt. Men Debians enkla " +"uppdateringsmöjligheter kan säkerhetsrättningar laddas ned och installeras " +"automatiskt över hela Internet." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:295 #, no-c-format -msgid "The primary, and best, method of getting support for your &debian; system and communicating with Debian Developers is through the many mailing lists maintained by the Debian Project (there are more than &num-of-debian-maillists; at this writing). The easiest way to subscribe to one or more of these lists is visit <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> Debian's mailing list subscription page</ulink> and fill out the form you'll find there." -msgstr "Den primära, och bästa, metoden att få support för ditt &debian;-system och kommunicera med Debians utvecklare är genom de många e-postlistorna som underhålls av Debian-projektet (det är mer än &num-of-debian-maillists; listor när detta skrivs). Det lättaste sättet att prenumerera på en eller flera av dessa listor är att besöka <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\">Debians sida för e-postprenumerationer</ulink> och fylla i formuläret du hittar där." +msgid "" +"The primary, and best, method of getting support for your &debian; system " +"and communicating with Debian Developers is through the many mailing lists " +"maintained by the Debian Project (there are more than &num-of-debian-" +"maillists; at this writing). The easiest way to subscribe to one or more of " +"these lists is visit <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;\"> Debian's " +"mailing list subscription page</ulink> and fill out the form you'll find " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Den primära, och bästa, metoden att få support för ditt &debian;-system och " +"kommunicera med Debians utvecklare är genom de många e-postlistorna som " +"underhålls av Debian-projektet (det är mer än &num-of-debian-maillists; " +"listor när detta skrivs). Det lättaste sättet att prenumerera på en eller " +"flera av dessa listor är att besöka <ulink url=\"&url-debian-lists-subscribe;" +"\">Debians sida för e-postprenumerationer</ulink> och fylla i formuläret du " +"hittar där." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:317 @@ -228,14 +534,32 @@ msgstr "Vad är Debian GNU/Hurd?" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:319 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the GNU Mach microkernel. The Hurd is still unfinished, and is unsuitable for day-to-day use, but work is continuing. The Hurd is currently only being developed for the i386 architecture, although ports to other architectures will be made once the system becomes more stable." -msgstr "Debian GNU/Hurd är ett Debian GNU-system som ersätter Linux monolitiska kärna med GNU Hurd — en uppsättning servrar som körs på toppen av GNU Mach-mikrokärnan. Hurd är fortfarande inte klar och passar inte för vardaglig användning men arbetet fortgår. Hurd är för närvarande endast i utveckling för i386-arkitekturen även om portningar till andra arkitekturer kommer att göras när systemet bli mer stabilt." +msgid "" +"Debian GNU/Hurd is a Debian GNU system that replaces the Linux monolithic " +"kernel with the GNU Hurd — a set of servers running on top of the GNU " +"Mach microkernel. The Hurd is still unfinished, and is unsuitable for day-to-" +"day use, but work is continuing. The Hurd is currently only being developed " +"for the i386 architecture, although ports to other architectures will be " +"made once the system becomes more stable." +msgstr "" +"Debian GNU/Hurd är ett Debian GNU-system som ersätter Linux monolitiska " +"kärna med GNU Hurd — en uppsättning servrar som körs på toppen av GNU " +"Mach-mikrokärnan. Hurd är fortfarande inte klar och passar inte för " +"vardaglig användning men arbetet fortgår. Hurd är för närvarande endast i " +"utveckling för i386-arkitekturen även om portningar till andra arkitekturer " +"kommer att göras när systemet bli mer stabilt." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:329 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list." -msgstr "För mer information, se <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> Debian GNU/Hurd</ulink> och e-postlistan <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian.org</email>." +msgid "" +"For more information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/" +"\"> Debian GNU/Hurd ports page</ulink> and the <email>debian-hurd@lists." +"debian.org</email> mailing list." +msgstr "" +"För mer information, se <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/ports/hurd/\"> " +"Debian GNU/Hurd</ulink> och e-postlistan <email>debian-hurd@lists.debian." +"org</email>." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:346 @@ -246,14 +570,30 @@ msgstr "Hämta Debian" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:348 #, no-c-format -msgid "For information on how to download &debian; from the Internet or from whom official Debian CDs can be purchased, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">distribution web page</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of official Debian mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." -msgstr "För information om hur man laddar ner &debian; från Internet eller från var man kan köpa officiella Debian cd-skivor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-distrib;\">Hämta Debian</ulink>. Webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-mirrors;\">lista över Debian-speglar</ulink> innehåller en full lista av officiella Debian-speglar så du lätt kan hitta den närmaste." +msgid "" +"For information on how to download &debian; from the Internet or from whom " +"official Debian CDs can be purchased, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"distrib;\">distribution web page</ulink>. The <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"mirrors;\">list of Debian mirrors</ulink> contains a full set of official " +"Debian mirrors, so you can easily find the nearest one." +msgstr "" +"För information om hur man laddar ner &debian; från Internet eller från var " +"man kan köpa officiella Debian cd-skivor, se webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-" +"debian-distrib;\">Hämta Debian</ulink>. Webbsidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-" +"mirrors;\">lista över Debian-speglar</ulink> innehåller en full lista av " +"officiella Debian-speglar så du lätt kan hitta den närmaste." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "Debian can be upgraded after installation very easily. The installation procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades once installation is complete, if need be." -msgstr "Debian kan uppgraderas efter installation på ett enkelt sätt. Installationsprocessen kommer att hjälpa till att ställa in systemet så att du kan göra dessa uppgraderingar när installation är klar, om det behövs." +msgid "" +"Debian can be upgraded after installation very easily. The installation " +"procedure will help set up the system so that you can make those upgrades " +"once installation is complete, if need be." +msgstr "" +"Debian kan uppgraderas efter installation på ett enkelt sätt. " +"Installationsprocessen kommer att hjälpa till att ställa in systemet så att " +"du kan göra dessa uppgraderingar när installation är klar, om det behövs." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:372 @@ -264,8 +604,18 @@ msgstr "Få tag på senaste versionen av detta dokument" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document is constantly being revised. Be sure to check the <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release; pages</ulink> for any last-minute information about the &release; release of the &debian; system. Updated versions of this installation manual are also available from the <ulink url=\"&url-install-manual;\">official Install Manual pages</ulink>." -msgstr "Detta dokument är under konstant omarbetning. Kontrollera webbsidorna <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release;</ulink> för den absolut senaste information om &release;-utgåvan av &debian;-systemet. Uppdaterade versioner av denna installationsmanual är också tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-install-manual;\">officiella Installationsmanualen</ulink>." +msgid "" +"This document is constantly being revised. Be sure to check the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release; pages</ulink> for any last-minute " +"information about the &release; release of the &debian; system. Updated " +"versions of this installation manual are also available from the <ulink url=" +"\"&url-install-manual;\">official Install Manual pages</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Detta dokument är under konstant omarbetning. Kontrollera webbsidorna <ulink " +"url=\"&url-release-area;\"> Debian &release;</ulink> för den absolut senaste " +"information om &release;-utgåvan av &debian;-systemet. Uppdaterade versioner " +"av denna installationsmanual är också tillgänglig från <ulink url=\"&url-" +"install-manual;\">officiella Installationsmanualen</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: welcome.xml:392 @@ -276,138 +626,325 @@ msgstr "Organisering av detta dokument" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:394 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document is meant to serve as a manual for first-time Debian users. It tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the hardware in your computer works." -msgstr "Detta dokument är tänkt att fungera som en manual för nybörjare av Debian. Den försöker göra så få antagelser som möjligt om din kunskapsnivå. Dock antar vi att du har en allmän uppfattning av hur hårdvaran i din dator fungerar." +msgid "" +"This document is meant to serve as a manual for first-time Debian users. It " +"tries to make as few assumptions as possible about your level of expertise. " +"However, we do assume that you have a general understanding of how the " +"hardware in your computer works." +msgstr "" +"Detta dokument är tänkt att fungera som en manual för nybörjare av Debian. " +"Den försöker göra så få antagelser som möjligt om din kunskapsnivå. Dock " +"antar vi att du har en allmän uppfattning av hur hårdvaran i din dator " +"fungerar." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:401 #, no-c-format -msgid "Expert users may also find interesting reference information in this document, including minimum installation sizes, details about the hardware supported by the Debian installation system, and so on. We encourage expert users to jump around in the document." -msgstr "Expertanvändare kan också hitta intressant referensinformation i detta dokument inklusive minimumstorlek för installation, detaljer om vilken hårdvara som stöds av Debians installationssystem och så vidare. Vi uppmuntrar expertanvändare att hoppa runt i dokumentet." +msgid "" +"Expert users may also find interesting reference information in this " +"document, including minimum installation sizes, details about the hardware " +"supported by the Debian installation system, and so on. We encourage expert " +"users to jump around in the document." +msgstr "" +"Expertanvändare kan också hitta intressant referensinformation i detta " +"dokument inklusive minimumstorlek för installation, detaljer om vilken " +"hårdvara som stöds av Debians installationssystem och så vidare. Vi " +"uppmuntrar expertanvändare att hoppa runt i dokumentet." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:408 #, no-c-format -msgid "In general, this manual is arranged in a linear fashion, walking you through the installation process from start to finish. Here are the steps in installing &debian;, and the sections of this document which correlate with each step:" -msgstr "I allmänhet är manualen uppbyggd i en linjär form som tar dig genom installationsprocessen från början till slut. Här är stegen som krävs för att installera &debian; och sektionerna i dokumentet som lämpar sig för varje steg:" +msgid "" +"In general, this manual is arranged in a linear fashion, walking you through " +"the installation process from start to finish. Here are the steps in " +"installing &debian;, and the sections of this document which correlate with " +"each step:" +msgstr "" +"I allmänhet är manualen uppbyggd i en linjär form som tar dig genom " +"installationsprocessen från början till slut. Här är stegen som krävs för " +"att installera &debian; och sektionerna i dokumentet som lämpar sig för " +"varje steg:" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:416 #, no-c-format -msgid "Determine whether your hardware meets the requirements for using the installation system, in <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." -msgstr "Fastställ om din hårdvara möter kraven för att använda installationssystemet i <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." +msgid "" +"Determine whether your hardware meets the requirements for using the " +"installation system, in <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Fastställ om din hårdvara möter kraven för att använda installationssystemet " +"i <xref linkend=\"hardware-req\"/>." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:422 #, no-c-format -msgid "Backup your system, perform any necessary planning and hardware configuration prior to installing Debian, in <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create partition-able space on your hard disk for Debian to use." -msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering av ditt system, all nödvändig planering och hårdvarukonfigurationer före du installerar Debian finns i <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. Om du förbereder ett system med flera operativsystem kan du behöva skapa ytterligare partitioner på din hårddisk som Debian kan användas för." +msgid "" +"Backup your system, perform any necessary planning and hardware " +"configuration prior to installing Debian, in <xref linkend=\"preparing\"/>. " +"If you are preparing a multi-boot system, you may need to create partition-" +"able space on your hard disk for Debian to use." +msgstr "" +"Säkerhetskopiering av ditt system, all nödvändig planering och " +"hårdvarukonfigurationer före du installerar Debian finns i <xref linkend=" +"\"preparing\"/>. Om du förbereder ett system med flera operativsystem kan du " +"behöva skapa ytterligare partitioner på din hårddisk som Debian kan användas " +"för." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:430 #, no-c-format -msgid "In <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, you will obtain the necessary installation files for your method of installation." -msgstr "I <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/> kan du hitta de nödvändiga installationsfilerna för din installationsmetod." +msgid "" +"In <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/>, you will obtain the necessary " +"installation files for your method of installation." +msgstr "" +"I <xref linkend=\"install-methods\"/> kan du hitta de nödvändiga " +"installationsfilerna för din installationsmetod." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:436 #, no-c-format -msgid "describes booting into the installation system. This chapter also discusses troubleshooting procedures in case you have problems with this step." -msgstr "beskriver uppstart i in installationssystemet. Detta kapitel diskuterar också procedyrer för problemlösning om du har problem med detta steg." +msgid "" +"describes booting into the installation system. This chapter also discusses " +"troubleshooting procedures in case you have problems with this step." +msgstr "" +"beskriver uppstart i in installationssystemet. Detta kapitel diskuterar " +"också procedyrer för problemlösning om du har problem med detta steg." #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:443 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of minimal working system. (Some background about setting up the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" -msgstr "Genomför den aktuella installationen enligt <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. Detta innefattar ditt val av språk, konfiguration av drivare för tillbehör, konfiguration av nätverksanslutning så att återstående installationsfiler kan hämtas direkt från en Debian-server (om du inte installerar från en cd), partitionering av dina hårddiskar och installation av ett minimalt fungerande system. (Viss bakgrund om inställning av partitioner för ditt Debian-system är förklarat i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. " +"This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, " +"configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files " +"can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing " +"from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, " +"then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up " +"the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"Genomför den aktuella installationen enligt <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. " +"Detta innefattar ditt val av språk, konfiguration av drivare för tillbehör, " +"konfiguration av nätverksanslutning så att återstående installationsfiler " +"kan hämtas direkt från en Debian-server (om du inte installerar från en cd), " +"partitionering av dina hårddiskar och installation av ett minimalt " +"fungerande system. (Viss bakgrund om inställning av partitioner för ditt " +"Debian-system är förklarat i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:456 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Boot into your newly installed base system and run through some additional configuration tasks, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "Uppstart in i ditt nyinstallerade bassystem och springa igenom ytterligare konfigurationsuppgifter, från <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." - -#. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:462 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Install additional software in <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." -msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara i <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart in i ditt nyinstallerade bassystem och springa igenom ytterligare " +"konfigurationsuppgifter, från <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:469 +#: welcome.xml:464 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>. That chapter explains where to look to find more information about Unix and Debian, and how to replace your kernel." -msgstr "När du har fått ditt system installerat kan du läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>. Detta kapitel förklarar var man letar för att finna mer information om Unix och Debian och hur du ersätter din kärna." +msgid "" +"Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-" +"install\"/>. That chapter explains where to look to find more information " +"about Unix and Debian, and how to replace your kernel." +msgstr "" +"När du har fått ditt system installerat kan du läsa <xref linkend=\"post-" +"install\"/>. Detta kapitel förklarar var man letar för att finna mer " +"information om Unix och Debian och hur du ersätter din kärna." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:479 +#: welcome.xml:474 #, no-c-format -msgid "Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be found in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." -msgstr "Till slut, information om detta dokument och hur man bidrar till det kan hittas i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." +msgid "" +"Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be " +"found in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Till slut, information om detta dokument och hur man bidrar till det kan " +"hittas i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: welcome.xml:489 +#: welcome.xml:484 #, no-c-format msgid "Your Documentation Help is Welcome" msgstr "Din hjälp med dokumentationen välkomnas" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:491 +#: welcome.xml:486 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. Working versions of this document can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. There you will find a list of all the different architectures and languages for which this document is available." -msgstr "All hjälp, förslag och speciellt, rättningar tas mycket gärna emot. Arbetsversioner av detta dokument kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. Där kan du hitta en lista av alla de olika arkitekturerna och språk som detta dokument är tillgängligt för." +msgid "" +"Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. " +"Working versions of this document can be found at <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-" +"alioth-manual;\"></ulink>. There you will find a list of all the different " +"architectures and languages for which this document is available." +msgstr "" +"All hjälp, förslag och speciellt, rättningar tas mycket gärna emot. " +"Arbetsversioner av detta dokument kan hittas på <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-" +"manual;\"></ulink>. Där kan du hitta en lista av alla de olika " +"arkitekturerna och språk som detta dokument är tillgängligt för." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:498 +#: welcome.xml:493 #, no-c-format -msgid "Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package &d-i-manual; for bugs, but check first to see if the problem is already reported)." -msgstr "Källkod är också publikt tillgänglig, se i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> för mer information angående hur man bidrar. Vi välkomnar förslag, kommentarer, rättningar och buggrapporter (använd paketet &d-i-manual; för buggar men kontrollera först för att se om problemet redan är rapporterat)." +msgid "" +"Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " +"for more information concerning how to contribute. We welcome suggestions, " +"comments, patches, and bug reports (use the package &d-i-manual; for bugs, " +"but check first to see if the problem is already reported)." +msgstr "" +"Källkod är också publikt tillgänglig, se i <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " +"för mer information angående hur man bidrar. Vi välkomnar förslag, " +"kommentarer, rättningar och buggrapporter (använd paketet &d-i-manual; för " +"buggar men kontrollera först för att se om problemet redan är rapporterat)." #. Tag: title -#: welcome.xml:514 +#: welcome.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "About Copyrights and Software Licenses" msgstr "Om copyright och programvarulicenser" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:517 +#: welcome.xml:512 #, no-c-format -msgid "We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most commercial software — they usually say that you can only use one copy of the software on a single computer. This system's license isn't like that at all. We encourage you to put a copy of on every computer in your school or place of business. Lend your installation media to your friends and help them install it on their computers! You can even make thousands of copies and <emphasis>sell</emphasis> them — albeit with a few restrictions. Your freedom to install and use the system comes directly from Debian being based on <emphasis>free software</emphasis>." -msgstr "Vi är säkra på att du läst några av licenserna som kommer med de flesta kommersiella programvaror — de säger normalt sett att du bara kan använda en kopia av programvaran på en enda dator. Licensen för detta system är inte alls som sådan. Vi uppmuntrar dig att lägga en kopia på varje dator i din skola eller arbetsplats. Låna ut ditt installationsmedium till din vänner och hjälp dom installera det på deras datorer! Du kan även göra tusentals kopior och <emphasis>sälja</emphasis> dom — dock med några få restriktioner. Din frihet att installera och använda systemet kommer direkt från att Debian är baserad på <emphasis>fri programvara</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most " +"commercial software — they usually say that you can only use one copy " +"of the software on a single computer. This system's license isn't like that " +"at all. We encourage you to put a copy of on every computer in your school " +"or place of business. Lend your installation media to your friends and help " +"them install it on their computers! You can even make thousands of copies " +"and <emphasis>sell</emphasis> them — albeit with a few restrictions. " +"Your freedom to install and use the system comes directly from Debian being " +"based on <emphasis>free software</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Vi är säkra på att du läst några av licenserna som kommer med de flesta " +"kommersiella programvaror — de säger normalt sett att du bara kan " +"använda en kopia av programvaran på en enda dator. Licensen för detta system " +"är inte alls som sådan. Vi uppmuntrar dig att lägga en kopia på varje dator " +"i din skola eller arbetsplats. Låna ut ditt installationsmedium till din " +"vänner och hjälp dom installera det på deras datorer! Du kan även göra " +"tusentals kopior och <emphasis>sälja</emphasis> dom — dock med några " +"få restriktioner. Din frihet att installera och använda systemet kommer " +"direkt från att Debian är baserad på <emphasis>fri programvara</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:530 +#: welcome.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software isn't copyrighted, and it doesn't mean that CDs containing that software must be distributed at no charge. Free software, in part, means that the licenses of individual programs do not require you to pay for the privilege of distributing or using those programs. Free software also means that not only may anyone extend, adapt, and modify the software, but that they may distribute the results of their work as well." -msgstr "Att kalla programvara för <emphasis>fri</emphasis> betyder inte att programvaran inte är copyright-märkt och det betyder inte att cd-skivor som innehåller den programvaran måste distribueras gratis. Fri programvara, i den bemärkelsen betyder att licenser för individuella program inte kräver att du betalar för rättigheten att distribuera eller använda de programmen. Fri programvara betyder också att alla inte bara kan utöka, justera och modifiera programvaran men också att du kan distribuera resultatet av arbetet också." +msgid "" +"Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software " +"isn't copyrighted, and it doesn't mean that CDs containing that software " +"must be distributed at no charge. Free software, in part, means that the " +"licenses of individual programs do not require you to pay for the privilege " +"of distributing or using those programs. Free software also means that not " +"only may anyone extend, adapt, and modify the software, but that they may " +"distribute the results of their work as well." +msgstr "" +"Att kalla programvara för <emphasis>fri</emphasis> betyder inte att " +"programvaran inte är copyright-märkt och det betyder inte att cd-skivor som " +"innehåller den programvaran måste distribueras gratis. Fri programvara, i " +"den bemärkelsen betyder att licenser för individuella program inte kräver " +"att du betalar för rättigheten att distribuera eller använda de programmen. " +"Fri programvara betyder också att alla inte bara kan utöka, justera och " +"modifiera programvaran men också att du kan distribuera resultatet av " +"arbetet också." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:541 +#: welcome.xml:536 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some packages available that do not meet our criteria for being free. These packages are not part of the official distribution, however, and are only available from the <userinput>contrib</userinput> or <userinput>non-free</userinput> areas of Debian mirrors or on third-party CD-ROMs; see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>The Debian FTP archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the archives." -msgstr "Debian-projektet, som ett pragmatiskt medgivande till sina användare, skapar inte tillgängliga paket som inte möter våra kritierier att vara fria. Dessa paket är dock inte en del av den officiella utgåvan och är bara tillgängliga från områdena <userinput>contrib</userinput> eller <userinput>non-free</userinput> av Debian-speglarna eller på tredjeparts cd-skivor, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink> under <quote>Debians FTP-arkiv</quote> för mer information om utseendet och innehåller av arkiven." +msgid "" +"The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some " +"packages available that do not meet our criteria for being free. These " +"packages are not part of the official distribution, however, and are only " +"available from the <userinput>contrib</userinput> or <userinput>non-free</" +"userinput> areas of Debian mirrors or on third-party CD-ROMs; see the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>The Debian FTP " +"archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the " +"archives." +msgstr "" +"Debian-projektet, som ett pragmatiskt medgivande till sina användare, skapar " +"inte tillgängliga paket som inte möter våra kritierier att vara fria. Dessa " +"paket är dock inte en del av den officiella utgåvan och är bara tillgängliga " +"från områdena <userinput>contrib</userinput> eller <userinput>non-free</" +"userinput> av Debian-speglarna eller på tredjeparts cd-skivor, se <ulink url=" +"\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink> under <quote>Debians FTP-arkiv</" +"quote> för mer information om utseendet och innehåller av arkiven." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:555 +#: welcome.xml:550 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis>, often simply referred to as <quote>the GPL</quote>. The GPL requires you to make the <emphasis>source code</emphasis> of the programs available whenever you distribute a binary copy of the program; that provision of the license ensures that any user will be able to modify the software. Because of this provision, the source code<footnote> <para> For information on how to locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian source packages, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all such programs is available in the Debian system." -msgstr "Många av programmen i system är licensierade under <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis> och refereras ofta till som <quote>GPL</quote>. GPL kräver att du gör <emphasis>källkoden</emphasis> av programmen tillgängliga när du distribuerar en binär kopia av programmet; det villkoret av licensen ser till att alla användare har möjligheten att modifiera programvaran. På grund av detta villkor är källkoden <footnote> <para> För information om hur man hittar, packar upp och bygger binärer från Debians källkodspaket, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink> under <quote>Grunder för Debians pakethanteringssystem</quote>. </para> </footnote> för alla sådana program är tillgänglig i Debian-systemet." +msgid "" +"Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</" +"emphasis> <emphasis>General Public License</emphasis>, often simply referred " +"to as <quote>the GPL</quote>. The GPL requires you to make the " +"<emphasis>source code</emphasis> of the programs available whenever you " +"distribute a binary copy of the program; that provision of the license " +"ensures that any user will be able to modify the software. Because of this " +"provision, the source code<footnote> <para> For information on how to " +"locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian source packages, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink>, under <quote>Basics of " +"the Debian Package Management System</quote>. </para> </footnote> for all " +"such programs is available in the Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Många av programmen i system är licensierade under <emphasis>GNU</emphasis> " +"<emphasis>General Public License</emphasis> och refereras ofta till som " +"<quote>GPL</quote>. GPL kräver att du gör <emphasis>källkoden</emphasis> av " +"programmen tillgängliga när du distribuerar en binär kopia av programmet; " +"det villkoret av licensen ser till att alla användare har möjligheten att " +"modifiera programvaran. På grund av detta villkor är källkoden <footnote> " +"<para> För information om hur man hittar, packar upp och bygger binärer från " +"Debians källkodspaket, se <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</ulink> " +"under <quote>Grunder för Debians pakethanteringssystem</quote>. </para> </" +"footnote> för alla sådana program är tillgänglig i Debian-systemet." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:574 +#: welcome.xml:569 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses used on the programs in Debian. You can find the copyrights and licenses for every package installed on your system by looking in the file <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> once you've installed a package on your system." -msgstr "Det finns ett flertal olika former av copyrightvillkor och programvarulicenser som används av programmen i Debian. Du kan hitta information om copyright och licenser för varje paket installerade på ditt system genom att se i filen <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> när du har installerat ett paket på ditt system." +msgid "" +"There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses " +"used on the programs in Debian. You can find the copyrights and licenses for " +"every package installed on your system by looking in the file <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/<replaceable>package-name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> once " +"you've installed a package on your system." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett flertal olika former av copyrightvillkor och " +"programvarulicenser som används av programmen i Debian. Du kan hitta " +"information om copyright och licenser för varje paket installerade på ditt " +"system genom att se i filen <filename>/usr/share/doc/<replaceable>package-" +"name</replaceable>/copyright </filename> när du har installerat ett paket på " +"ditt system." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:584 +#: welcome.xml:579 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." -msgstr "För mer information om licenser och hur Debian fastställer om programvaran är tillräckligt fri för att inkluderas i huvudutgåvan, se <ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink>." +msgid "" +"For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether " +"software is free enough to be included in the main distribution, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian Free Software Guidelines</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"För mer information om licenser och hur Debian fastställer om programvaran " +"är tillräckligt fri för att inkluderas i huvudutgåvan, se <ulink url=\"&url-" +"dfsg;\">Debians riktlinjer för fri programvara</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:590 +#: welcome.xml:585 #, no-c-format -msgid "The most important legal notice is that this software comes with <emphasis>no warranties</emphasis>. The programmers who have created this software have done so for the benefit of the community. No guarantee is made as to the suitability of the software for any given purpose. However, since the software is free, you are empowered to modify that software to suit your needs — and to enjoy the benefits of the changes made by others who have extended the software in this way." -msgstr "Den viktigaste lagliga informationen är att denna programvara kommer med <emphasis>ingen garanti</emphasis>. Programmerarna som har skapat denna programvara har gjort det som förmån för gemenskapen. Ingen garanti lämnas för anpassningen av programvaran för vilket ändamål som helst. Dock, eftersom programvaran är fri, är du berättigad att modifiera så programvaran passar dina behov — och att njuta av fördelarna av de ändringar gjorda av andra som har utökat programvaran på detta sätt." - +msgid "" +"The most important legal notice is that this software comes with " +"<emphasis>no warranties</emphasis>. The programmers who have created this " +"software have done so for the benefit of the community. No guarantee is made " +"as to the suitability of the software for any given purpose. However, since " +"the software is free, you are empowered to modify that software to suit your " +"needs — and to enjoy the benefits of the changes made by others who " +"have extended the software in this way." +msgstr "" +"Den viktigaste lagliga informationen är att denna programvara kommer med " +"<emphasis>ingen garanti</emphasis>. Programmerarna som har skapat denna " +"programvara har gjort det som förmån för gemenskapen. Ingen garanti lämnas " +"för anpassningen av programvaran för vilket ändamål som helst. Dock, " +"eftersom programvaran är fri, är du berättigad att modifiera så programvaran " +"passar dina behov — och att njuta av fördelarna av de ändringar gjorda " +"av andra som har utökat programvaran på detta sätt." + +#~ msgid "Install additional software in <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installera ytterligare programvara i <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." |